WO2022116935A1 - Path range determination method and apparatus, and path planning method and apparatus - Google Patents

Path range determination method and apparatus, and path planning method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022116935A1
WO2022116935A1 PCT/CN2021/133953 CN2021133953W WO2022116935A1 WO 2022116935 A1 WO2022116935 A1 WO 2022116935A1 CN 2021133953 W CN2021133953 W CN 2021133953W WO 2022116935 A1 WO2022116935 A1 WO 2022116935A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
path
target
work
plot
discrete
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/133953
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吴泽龙
郑立强
Original Assignee
广州极飞科技股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202011408125.XA external-priority patent/CN112686424A/en
Priority claimed from CN202011411812.7A external-priority patent/CN112729300B/en
Priority claimed from CN202011412385.4A external-priority patent/CN112650221B/en
Application filed by 广州极飞科技股份有限公司 filed Critical 广州极飞科技股份有限公司
Publication of WO2022116935A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022116935A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/04Forecasting or optimisation specially adapted for administrative or management purposes, e.g. linear programming or "cutting stock problem"

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of path determination of operating equipment, and in particular, to a path range determination method and device, and a path planning method and device.
  • Land leveling is an important part of land development management and farmland water resources management. It often requires mechanical equipment to level the inclined, uneven ground into a level or a ground with a certain slope.
  • the main purpose of land leveling is to facilitate farming, sowing and irrigation. , drainage, fertilization, spraying and harvesting operations can promote the intensive use of land and large-scale management; it can facilitate mechanized farming, improve agricultural production conditions, and speed up the modernization process of agriculture.
  • the present application provides a path range determination method and device, and a path planning method and device.
  • the present application can adjust the leveling path range in real time, avoid the phenomenon of missing leveling or double leveling, and improve the leveling efficiency.
  • the present application provides a method for determining a path range, the method comprising: when the flatness of a plot in the current operating range satisfies a set condition, updating the current operating range to obtain a plot whose flatness does not meet all requirements.
  • the target operation range of the set conditions wherein, the set conditions include that the flatness of the plot in the current operation range is less than or equal to the expected flatness of the target operation plot; the current operation range and the target The work scopes are all located in the target work plots.
  • the present application provides a path planning method, the method comprising: determining a target operation scope according to the land flatness of the target operation area; the land flatness of the target operation area does not meet a set condition; wherein , the setting conditions include that the flatness of the target operating area is less than or equal to the expected flatness of the target operating area; determining a target flat path within the target operating area, and the target flat path is used for The work equipment is guided to perform leveling work within the target work range.
  • the present application provides a path range determination device, the device comprising: an update module configured to update the current operation range when the flatness of the plot in the current operation range meets a set condition, so as to obtain the flatness of the plot The target operation range whose degree does not meet the set condition; wherein, the set condition includes that the flatness of the plot in the current operation range is less than or equal to the expected flatness of the target operation plot; the current operation range and the target operation range are located in the target operation plot.
  • the present application provides a path planning device, the device comprising: a determination module configured to determine a target operation range according to the land flatness of the target operation area; the land flatness of the target operation area does not meet the required setting conditions; wherein, the setting conditions include that the flatness of the target operation area is less than or equal to the expected flatness of the target operation area; determining the target level path within the target operation area, the target The leveling path is used to guide the work equipment to perform leveling work within the target work range.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, implements the method in any one of the foregoing embodiments.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a work equipment control unit, including a processor and a memory, the memory stores machine-readable instructions, and the processor is configured to execute the machine-readable instructions to implement the method in any one of the foregoing embodiments .
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a work equipment, including: a body; a power device installed on the body to provide power for the work equipment; and a work equipment control unit; the work equipment control unit includes a processor and a memory, and the memory Machine-readable instructions are stored for execution by the processor to implement the method of any of the preceding embodiments.
  • any of the above technical solutions of the present application can at least achieve the following technical effects.
  • the flatness of the plot satisfies the set condition, that is, the current operating range that meets the flatness requirement is updated, so that the plot flatness of the updated target operating range does not meet the flatness requirement.
  • leveling equipment also known as work equipment
  • the way that leveling equipment performs repeated leveling operations in a fixed area can solve the problem that the leveling equipment is prone to heavy leveling due to repeated leveling operations within a fixed range, and it is easy to appear because other areas are not leveled.
  • the problem of leakage and leveling can be avoided, thereby avoiding useless operations and missed operations on the leveling equipment.
  • the leveling equipment is required to level the target operating range only when the target operating range can be updated. Therefore, when the target operating range cannot be updated, it can be understood that If the flatness of the entire target operation plot has met the requirements and does not need to be flattened, the leveling equipment does not need to perform the leveling operation. Therefore, the application can also avoid the useless operation of controlling the leveling equipment to enter the plot that has met the requirements of the flatness of the plot. Conducive to improving the efficiency of agricultural operations.
  • the present application has the following beneficial effects.
  • the plot boundary of an operation plot is first indented into a reliable boundary, and then a plurality of candidate paths of the operation plot are processed according to the reliable boundary , obtain at least one alternate path of the grader on the plot to be operated, and each alternate path is within the reliable boundary; then calculate the work efficiency of each alternate path through all discrete points corresponding to each alternate path, and calculate the work efficiency from Find the optimal flat path among multiple candidate paths.
  • the present application determines the leveling path by calculating the working efficiency of each alternate path, so that when the grader works according to the leveling path, the optimal land leveling efficiency can be achieved and has good practicability.
  • the embodiments of the present application when the work equipment is located in the dead zone, the path parameters of the work equipment are updated, and then the escape path of the work equipment can be determined according to the updated path parameters, wherein the end point of the escape path is outside the dead zone. Since the end point of the escape path is located outside the dead zone, the working equipment can move out of the dead zone by moving along the escape path. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application can achieve the beneficial effect of effectively removing the working equipment from the dead zone.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a path range on flat ground provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 shows an implementation of 104 in FIG. 1 .
  • FIG. 3 shows an implementation of 104-1 in FIG. 2 .
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a path range on flat ground provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5A is a schematic diagram of the current working range of the sector provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of a circular current working range provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for planning a path on flat ground provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 shows an implementation of 202 in FIG. 6 .
  • FIG. 8 shows an implementation of 202-1 in FIG. 7 .
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a scenario for generating a candidate path according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an arc candidate path according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 shows an implementation of 202-2 in FIG. 7 .
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of processing candidate paths according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for generating a flat path provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 shows an example diagram of a reliable boundary provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 shows an example diagram of an alternate path provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of step S105 in the method for generating a flat path shown in FIG. 13 .
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of sub-step S1053 in step S105 shown in FIG. 16 .
  • FIG. 18 shows an example diagram of a discrete work area provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of sub-step S1054 in step S105 shown in FIG. 16 .
  • FIG. 20 shows an example diagram of the height of the discrete work area provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for generating a flat path provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for generating a flat path provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a structural block diagram of a work equipment control unit provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 shows a structural block diagram of the working equipment provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 25 shows a flowchart of a method for planning a path out of a dead zone provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram 1 of an application scenario of the path planning method for leaving the dead zone provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram 2 of an application scenario of the path planning method for leaving the dead zone provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram 3 of an application scenario of the path planning method for leaving the dead zone provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 29 shows a flowchart of a method for planning a path out of a dead zone provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram 4 of an application scenario of the path planning method for leaving the dead zone provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram 5 of an application scenario of the path planning method for leaving the dead zone provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 32 is a specific flowchart of S220 of the method shown in FIG. 25 .
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram 6 of an application scenario of the path planning method for leaving the dead zone provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 34 is a functional block diagram of an apparatus for determining a path range provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 35 is a functional block diagram of a path planning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 36 is a structural block diagram of a work equipment control unit according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • farmland leveling The main purpose of farmland leveling is to facilitate operations such as farming, sowing, irrigation, drainage, fertilization, spraying and harvesting.
  • the farmland land is more suitable for farming, which can improve the topography of the farmland surface and improve farmland irrigation efficiency and irrigation uniformity. , to achieve the effect of saving water and increasing production.
  • the leveling equipment also known as work equipment
  • the leveling operator before driving the leveling equipment (also known as work equipment) for leveling work, the leveling operator often could only estimate the area that needs to be leveled by observation, and then plan the leveling path in the estimated area. , the leveling equipment starts to perform leveling operations within the estimated fixed range area according to the planned path.
  • the above method has the following drawbacks.
  • the flatness of the land in the estimated fixed area may have reached the leveling requirements, but the leveling operator still performs the leveling operation within the fixed area, and the phenomenon of repeated leveling occurs.
  • the leveling operator there is an area to be leveled outside the fixed range, but the leveling operator only performs the leveling operation within the fixed range, and the phenomenon of level leakage occurs. Due to the problem of heavy leveling or leakage leveling, the leveling equipment may be in a state of useless work all the time during the operation, which reduces the leveling efficiency.
  • an embodiment of the present application proposes a method for determining a path range for leveling (also known as a method for determining a path range), which can adjust the current operating range of the leveling equipment in real time.
  • a method for determining a path range for leveling also known as a method for determining a path range
  • the degree of flatness meets the set conditions, it indicates that leveling is not required in the current operating range, which reduces the risk of re-leveling.
  • the current operating range is expanded so that the flatness of the plots in the adjusted range does not meet the set conditions, and it is considered that
  • the adjusted current operation range includes the area to be leveled, and the current operation area at this time is used as the target operation area.
  • the area to be leveled can be leveled, reducing the risk of leakage.
  • the flatness of the plot in the current operating range has always met the set conditions, it means that the entire target operating plot does not need to be flattened, and it can be avoided to control the entry of the leveling equipment to meet the flatness requirements of the plot.
  • the useless operation of the land is conducive to improving the efficiency of agricultural operations.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a path range on flat ground provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , the method for determining a path range on flat ground provided by this embodiment of the present application includes the following steps.
  • the setting condition includes that the flatness of the plot in the current operating range is less than or equal to the expected flatness of the target operating plot.
  • the flatness of the plot represents the degree of unevenness of the target operation plot, reflects the fluctuation of the surface of the target operation plot, and is an index for optimizing and estimating the quality of farmland cultivation.
  • different plots have different requirements for the flatness of the plots, which can be understood as the expected flatness of the plots for different operation requirements can be different.
  • the flatness of the farmland that needs to be irrigated must be at least 3 cm, that is, the height difference of the land cannot exceed 3 cm; the flatness of some rough farmland for planting crops can reach 5 cm. It can be seen from this that the expected flatness can be set according to the operation requirements or according to the experiment.
  • the flatness of the target operation plot can be obtained by processing the images surveyed and mapped by the UAV, or obtained by other methods in the related art that can achieve the flatness of the terrain plot, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. .
  • the target operation range refers to a range obtained during the process of updating the current operation range and including at least one area to be leveled in the target operation plot.
  • the determined target operation range can be used to plan a leveling path; the leveling path is used to guide the leveling equipment to level the area to be leveled within the target operation range.
  • the flatness of the plot in the target operation area does not meet the set conditions, that is, the flatness of the plot in the target operation area is greater than the expected flatness, it indicates that the target operation area includes the area to be leveled, so that the target operation area is The flatness of the land becomes worse, which means that the land within the current scope of operation after expansion needs to be flattened.
  • the target operation scope is the scope that does not exceed the target operation plot. It can be understood that both the current operation scope and the target operation scope are located in the target operation plot.
  • the present application firstly adjusts the current operation range in real time according to the plot flatness of the target operation plot. If the flatness satisfies the set conditions, it means that leveling is not required in the current operating range, which reduces the risk of re-leveling. At this time, the current operating range is expanded so that the flatness of the plots in the adjusted range does not meet the set conditions, then it is considered that The adjusted current operation range includes the area to be leveled, and the current operation area at this time is used as the target operation area. When the target operation area is leveled, the area to be leveled can be leveled, reducing the risk of leakage.
  • FIG. 2 shows an implementation of 104 in FIG. 1 .
  • 104 includes the following steps.
  • the flatness of the plot represents the degree of unevenness of the target operation plot, and reflects the height difference of the target operation plot's surface. Therefore, the ground of the current operation scope can be determined according to the elevation information of the current operation scope. Block flatness.
  • the elevation information corresponding to the current operating range can be obtained by any technology such as global positioning technology GPS (Global Positioning System, GPS), digital surface model DSM (Digital Surface Model, DSM) technology, which is not limited here.
  • GPS Global Positioning System, GPS
  • DSM Digital Surface Model
  • the elevation information corresponding to the target operation plot where the current operation scope is located may be recorded.
  • the elevation information of the entire target operation plot can be obtained through GPS technology, DSM technology or other related technologies, and then the current operation range can be determined from the target operation plot based on the current position and turning radius of the leveling equipment. , and obtain the obtained elevation information corresponding to the current operation range from the elevation information of the target operation plot.
  • the elevation information corresponding to the enlarged area can be obtained from the elevation information of the target operation plot, thereby facilitating the subsequent calculation of the flatness of the plot in the expanded current operation scope. operate.
  • 104-2 can be understood as: when the flatness of the plot in the current operating range satisfies the set condition, the current operating range is expanded and/or shifted until the obtained flatness of the plot in the target operating range does not satisfy the set condition. Set conditions.
  • the land representing the current operation scope no longer needs to be leveled, and the current operation scope can continue to be expanded.
  • the flatness of the plot corresponding to the enlarged current operating range is greater than the expected flatness, it means that the enlarged current operating range includes the area to be flattened in the plot, so that the flatness of the plot in the enlarged current operating range becomes Poor, that is, greater than the expected flatness, at this time, it means that the land within the expanded current operating range needs to be leveled. Therefore, a path can be planned within the expanded current operation range (ie, the obtained target operation range), and the area to be leveled can be leveled, so that the leveling operation can achieve the expected operation effect.
  • the current operating range when the flatness of the plot in the current operating range is less than or equal to the expected flatness, in order to obtain the target operating range, the current operating range can be translated until the land in the target operating range obtained by translation is flat. does not meet the set conditions.
  • the current operating range can be divided into a plurality of fan-shaped areas with the center point of the current operating range, and then, along the direction extending outwards from the radius, translate a preset distance until the land of the target operating range obtained by translation is flat. does not meet the set conditions.
  • the expanded current operation area exceeds the target operation area, and the flatness of the expanded current operation area still meets the set conditions, it means that the entire target operation area does not need to be leveled, which can avoid the need for leveling equipment to Useless work is carried out on the plots that have already met the requirements for the flatness of the plots.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of an implementation manner of step 104-1 provided by an embodiment of the present application. That is, 104-1 includes the following steps.
  • the current operation area in order to obtain the respective elevation values of the multiple sampling positions corresponding to the current operation area, the current operation area may be preprocessed.
  • the minimum peripheral area including the current operation range can be obtained in advance, and then multiple measurement positions are randomly determined in the minimum peripheral area and obtained.
  • the above-mentioned minimum peripheral area can be any one of the circumscribed quadrilateral, circumscribed arc, etc. of the current operating range.
  • the minimum circumscribed rectangle may be used to determine the minimum circumscribed area, thereby optimizing the entire calculation process and saving calculation time.
  • the target can be fully considered when adjusting the current operating range.
  • the flatness of other areas of the operation plot enables the initial area to gradually include the area to be flattened during the expansion process, thereby making the determined target operation range more reasonable.
  • the reference height (such as the average height value) of the entire plot is H
  • the flatness of the plot corresponding to the current operation range can be calculated by methods such as the average flatness of the plot, or the flatness of the worst plot. For example, in the scenario of the example, when the user expects to evaluate the overall leveling effect of the target operation plot, the average parcel levelness can be calculated; when the user expects to evaluate the worst effect of the parcel leveling among the target operation parcels, it can be calculated Worst plot flatness.
  • M represents the number of measurement locations
  • MH represents the worst land flatness or average land flatness
  • h j represents the elevation value corresponding to the jth measurement location
  • H represents the target The average height value of the job plot.
  • the flatness of the plot in the current operating range can be accurately obtained, and then the current operating range can be adjusted according to the flatness of the plot in the current operating range, so that the flatness of the plot corresponding to the adjusted target operating range is gradually larger than the target operating plot.
  • the desired leveling even if the adjusted target work area includes the area to be leveled in the target work lot.
  • the leveling equipment can then complete the leveling operation of the area to be leveled within the target operation range, so that the target operation plot can meet the desired leveling requirements.
  • the current working range in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the initial working range of the leveling equipment when the current operation starts, or the initial working range of the leveling equipment in the current operation.
  • the target job scope after update processing the shape of the current working range can be one of polygon, circle and sector.
  • a scope parameter used to measure the current job scope can be determined according to the shape of the current job scope.
  • the current job scope is the initial job scope
  • a possible implementation manner of determining the scope parameter of the current job scope is given below. It can be understood that a way to obtain the initial operating range is given, see FIG. 4 .
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a flat path range provided by another embodiment of the present application, and the method includes the following steps.
  • the scope parameter when the shape of the current operation scope is a polygon, the scope parameter includes the minimum length and the minimum width, or the scope parameter includes the minimum inscribed circle radius of the initial operation scope.
  • the minimum length and the minimum working width are both greater than or equal to the turning diameter of the leveling equipment, and the minimum inscribed circle radius is greater than or equal to the turning diameter of the leveling equipment.
  • the range parameter includes a radius, which is greater than or equal to the turning diameter of the grade equipment.
  • the initial operating range can be determined directly based on the current position and turning radius of the leveling equipment, independent of the user's operation, so that the obtained initial operating range can meet the requirements of flexible folding of the leveling equipment.
  • the initial work range may be a current work range randomly estimated by the graders in the target work plot before planning the grader path according to the actual work scenario.
  • the computing device that executes the method for determining the range of a leveling path in the embodiments of the present application may also perform a calculation on the initial working range estimated by the leveling operator based on the equipment parameters of the leveling equipment. auto-adjust.
  • the equipment parameters may include, but are not limited to, the current position of the leveling equipment and the turning radius of the leveling equipment.
  • the initial operating range estimated by the leveling operator is automatically adjusted, including: adjusting the initial operating range according to the turning radius of the leveling equipment, or the current position and turning radius, so that the final initial operating range is obtained.
  • the working range can meet the needs of flexible folding of the leveling equipment.
  • the initial operating range obtained by human estimation may not meet the requirements for flexible folding of the leveling equipment. Therefore, in order to realize the initial operating range determined for the first time, the requirements for flexible folding of the leveling equipment can be satisfied.
  • the initial operating range may not be determined by the leveling worker, but automatically determined by the computing device that executes the method for determining the leveling path range in the embodiment of the present application, without relying on human operation, and avoiding the initial operation caused by manual estimation.
  • the determination of the working range is not accurate, and the phenomenon that the flexible operation of the leveling equipment cannot be satisfied occurs.
  • the flexible folding mechanism can be planned.
  • its minimum width and minimum length can be set to be greater than or equal to the minimum turning diameter of the grade equipment; and for the current working range in the shape of a circle or a sector, its range parameter can be a radius , and in order to ensure that the leveling equipment can be flexibly turned back within a fan-shaped or circular range, the radius can be set to be greater than or equal to the minimum turning diameter of the leveling equipment.
  • the range parameter of the current working range may further include the center angle.
  • the center angle may be a positive integer less than or equal to 360 degrees.
  • the turning radius in the above may be the minimum turning radius of the grade equipment.
  • FIG. 5A is a schematic diagram of the current operating range of the sector provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the range parameter of the work range not only includes the radius, but also includes the central angle, where the central angle is a positive integer less than 360 degrees. Based on this, a method for updating the target operation scope by expanding the current operation scope is given below, that is, a possible method of step 104-2 includes the following steps.
  • the preset rule may be one of an addition rule, a multiplication rule, and an exponential rule, or a combination of at least two of them.
  • the following takes the application of one of the addition rule, the multiplication rule, and the exponential rule as an example to introduce the adjustment method of the sector operation range.
  • the center angle of the current operating range of the sector is ⁇ (0 ⁇ 2 ⁇ )
  • the length of the radius is r
  • the expected flatness is H *
  • the flatness of the plot corresponding to the current operating range of the sector is MH
  • the updated The radius of the target operating range is r * .
  • the center angle can also be appropriately increased.
  • the angle can be expanded according to the following relationship, where ⁇ * is the updated arc angle value, to set an upper bound.
  • the target working range can be determined according to the determined radius length and the center angle.
  • the state that the radius of the current operating range of the sector does not change can be triggered by the following event: the flatness of the plot corresponding to the current operating range of the enlarged sector is greater than the expected flatness, which indicates that the enlarged current operating range is within the The flatness of the land becomes worse, and the area includes the area to be flattened. Therefore, the radius of the current operating area that can trigger the sector will no longer change.
  • FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of a circular current working range provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the range parameter of the current work range contains the radius. Based on this, an implementation manner of expanding the scope of the current operation is given below, that is, another possible manner of step 104-2 includes the following steps.
  • the radius can be expanded according to the addition rule, multiplication rule or exponential rule in scene 1.
  • the target working range can be determined according to the determined radius length and the center angle of the circle.
  • the state that the radius length of the current working range of the circle no longer changes may be triggered by the following event: the flatness of the plot corresponding to the current working range of the enlarged circle is greater than the expected smoothness.
  • the present application can adjust the path range of leveling in real time, so that the obtained range area includes at least one area to be leveled.
  • the leveling equipment can follow the The planned path is leveled in the area to be leveled, which reduces the risk of leaking or re-leveling, avoids the situation where the leveling equipment does useless work in the area that does not need to be leveled, and at the same time can avoid the phenomenon of double-leveling or leaking, which improves the leveling performance. work efficiency.
  • a target operation range that does not meet the set conditions can be determined. Based on this, planning the leveling path within the determined target operation range can reduce the risk of double leveling or missing leveling. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application provide a leveling path planning method (also known as a path planning method) based on the determined target operating range, so as to improve the leveling efficiency, ensure that the leveling shovel is not empty or fully loaded, and reduce the energy consumption of the leveling equipment , to achieve the purpose of precise leveling.
  • a leveling path planning method also known as a path planning method
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for planning a path on flat ground provided by an embodiment of the present application. Specifically, the flat ground path planning method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the following steps.
  • the target operation range may be a range including at least one area to be leveled in the target operation plot, and the flatness of the plot in the target operation range does not meet the set condition.
  • the setting condition includes that the flatness of the land in the target operation area is less than or equal to the expected flatness of the target operation land.
  • the leveling path also called a target leveling path
  • the leveling path is used to guide the leveling equipment to perform leveling operations within the target operation range.
  • the leveling path planning method determines a target operation range including the area to be leveled in the target operation plot, and then within the target operation range, according to the operation information of the leveling equipment and the average height value of the target operation plot As a reference index to determine the target flat path, to determine the target flat path. This reduces the risk of leaking or re-leveling.
  • the target operating range can be obtained by the method for determining the range of a leveling path provided in any of the above embodiments of the present application, so as to reduce the risk of re-leveling or leakage and avoid the need for leveling equipment to perform Do useless work in a flat area to improve the efficiency of leveling operations.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of an implementation manner of step 202 provided in this embodiment of the present application, that is, step 202 may include the following steps.
  • the path direction of the candidate path is consistent with the current direction of the ground equipment.
  • the range parameters of the target working range may include a radius length and a center angle.
  • the method of generating the candidate path may be: taking the current position of the leveling equipment as the path starting point, and using the radius length as the path length to determine multiple path ending points, and the path between the path starting point and any path ending point can be a candidate path.
  • the way to generate a candidate path can also be to take the current position of the leveling equipment as the starting point of the path, divide the center angle of the target operation range equally, and randomly obtain sampling points in the area corresponding to each equally divided angle, so that the sampling point position The distance from the current position is the radius length.
  • candidate paths may also be generated in other manners according to actual requirements, which will not be repeated here.
  • the generated candidate paths can be described by circular arcs or by B-spline curves that constrain the turning radius.
  • B-spline curves are a sub-discipline of numerical analysis in mathematics.
  • a special representation in which can accurately describe the position of each point in the candidate path.
  • the load information of the leveling equipment refers to the amount of excavated and filled earth in the leveling shovel when the leveling equipment is in operation, and the load information of the leveling equipment may include the theoretical and actual earthwork carried by the leveling shovel. .
  • the leveling equipment moves according to different candidate paths, one or more of the areas to be leveled may be leveled, so that the elevation of the plot corresponding to the candidate path changes. Therefore, the greater the elevation change on the candidate path, the higher the level. The more leveling work the equipment needs to do, to a certain extent, it can also indicate that the leveling equipment is more efficient when moving along the candidate path.
  • the above process can be understood as follows: in an example, if the elevation value of the current working position of the leveling equipment is larger than the average height value, it indicates that the current working position needs to be leveled, and the soil at the current working position needs to be dug into the leveling shovel to avoid the Makes the current location's elevation value approximately match the average elevation value.
  • the bearing capacity of the shovel Before digging soil into the shovel, the bearing capacity of the shovel also needs to be considered, so the difference between the amount of earth currently carried in the shovel and the theoretical capacity of the shovel can be calculated. If the difference is greater than or equal to the amount of earth that needs to be excavated at the current working position, all the soil that needs to be excavated at the current working position can be dug into the leveling shovel.
  • the amount of earthwork is excavated at the current working position and the amount of earthwork that is consistent with the difference. It can be understood that in the situation that the current working position needs to be filled with soil, it is judged whether the actual amount of earthwork currently carried by the shovel is enough to fill the current working position, so that the elevation value of the current working position is consistent with the average height value.
  • the method is: calculate The amount of earthwork that needs to be filled at the current working position. If the amount of earthwork to be filled is greater than or equal to the actual amount of earthwork currently carried by the shovel, fill all the earthwork actually carried in the current working position.
  • the leveling equipment can determine the leveling method according to the elevation information of the current position, so as to achieve the purpose of precise leveling.
  • the above-mentioned work efficiency represents the amount of elevation change when the leveling equipment moves according to the candidate path.
  • the elevation change of the terrain is different.
  • the device works more efficiently when moving along this candidate path.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of an implementation manner of step 202-1 according to an embodiment of the present application, that is, a possible implementation manner of step 202-1 may include the following steps.
  • the linear distance between any boundary position and the current position of the leveling equipment is equal to the length of the target operating range.
  • the boundary point is quite located on the boundary that is far away from the current position of the leveling equipment in the target operation range, which can also facilitate the calculation of the position of the boundary point.
  • the leveling shovel of the leveling equipment has a certain width value, in order to prevent the generated candidate paths from being too dense and causing the working areas of the leveling shovel to overlap, the distance between any two adjacent boundary point positions in this embodiment of the present application Can be greater than or equal to the grading blade width of the grading equipment to prevent too dense candidate paths.
  • the boundary points may be obtained at equal intervals, or the boundary points may be obtained at unequal intervals, which is not limited here.
  • the following describes the above-mentioned process of generating a candidate path in detail by taking the target working range as a sector as an example.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic diagram of a scenario for generating a candidate path according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the size of the central angle ⁇ of the sector is 0 ⁇
  • the size of the radius of the sector is r.
  • TR is the minimum turning radius of the grader.
  • the method of acquiring sampling points can be acquired at equal intervals or at unequal intervals, which is not limited here, but it is necessary to ensure that the minimum distance between each sampling point is the distance threshold ⁇ s.
  • ⁇ s is generally the width of the grader shovel.
  • TR is the minimum turning radius of the grader.
  • the first step is to calculate the corresponding arc angle between adjacent boundary points, and the following relational formula can be obtained according to the knowledge of elementary geometry.
  • ⁇ s i is the distance between two adjacent boundary points
  • ⁇ i is the arc angle corresponding to the two adjacent boundary points
  • r is the radius of the sector.
  • (x i , y i ) is the position of the i-th boundary point
  • ⁇ i is the i-th center angle
  • the center angle of the i-th boundary point can be directly set as ⁇ i , which reduces computation and storage.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a circular arc path provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • Figure 10 shows the i-th arc path, then according to the knowledge of elementary geometry, the arc radius and arc angle can be obtained to satisfy the following relational expressions.
  • ⁇ i corresponds to the arc angle of the i-th arc path
  • r pi corresponds to the arc radius of the i-th arc path.
  • each candidate path can be stored in the form of an arc, which reduces the amount of calculation and storage.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of an implementation manner of step 202-2 provided by an embodiment of the present application. Step 202-2 may include the following steps.
  • the leveling shovel since the leveling shovel has a certain length and width, a work area is formed when the leveling equipment moves according to the candidate path.
  • the candidate path may be long, it is difficult to accurately measure the work efficiency when the grade equipment moves along the candidate path. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the work area corresponding to each candidate path is divided into a plurality of sub-work areas, and then the corresponding elevation changes of the leveling equipment when operating in each sub-work area are calculated respectively, and finally the elevation in each sub-work area is calculated. The changes are superimposed together as the work efficiency corresponding to the candidate path.
  • the accuracy of obtaining the work efficiency can be improved, thereby improving the reliability of the target flat path.
  • an implementation manner of dividing the sub-job area is given below.
  • the first step is to randomly sample each candidate path with a certain interval to obtain N discrete points.
  • the number of N may be determined according to the length of the candidate path, which is not limited here.
  • the second step is to determine the N-1 rectangular area with the distance between adjacent discrete points as the width and the length of the flat shovel as the length.
  • the size of the rectangular area can be determined according to the distance between adjacent discrete points and the length of the leveling shovel.
  • the average height value in each rectangular area can be obtained according to any technology such as GPS technology and DSM technology.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of processing candidate paths according to an embodiment of the present application. After each sub-working area of the candidate path is obtained, the elevation change corresponding to each sub-working area can be calculated.
  • the load information of the leveling equipment includes the full earthwork volume V s of the shovel and the soil load V ij when the leveling equipment is at the current position.
  • the shovel contains V i0 unit volume of soil, and after driving to the jth small rectangle of the ith candidate path , the estimated value of the average height of the soil in the jth small rectangle is h ij , the area of the rectangle is s ij , and there is V ij-1 unit volume of soil in the shovel.
  • ei is the work efficiency of the leveling equipment when it completes one work area on the ith candidate path
  • the initial value of ei is 0,
  • ⁇ h ij is the jth sub-working area of the ith candidate path. Elevation change.
  • the leveling shovel In the actual work scenario, if the elevation value of the jth sub-working area is larger than the average height value, the leveling shovel needs to dig the soil at the current position into the leveling shovel to reduce the elevation value of the j-th sub-working area to the same as the average.
  • the height values are approximately the same, and the change in elevation is the elevation value of the current location minus the average height value. If the elevation value in the j-th sub-working area is smaller than the average height value, the leveling shovel needs to fill the soil in the leveling shovel into the current position, so that the elevation value of the j-th sub-working area is increased to be approximately the same as the average height value,
  • the elevation change is the average elevation minus the elevation of the current location.
  • the jth sub-working area will not be Flattening is required, with zero elevation change.
  • the elevation threshold can be obtained according to experience or experiments, and will not be repeated here. Therefore, when calculating the elevation change in the j-th sub-working area, the calculation can be divided into the following scenarios.
  • the elevation value in the j-th sub-working area is less than the average height value, that is, when h ij ⁇ H, the amount of earth in the shovel can be used to increase the elevation value in the j-th sub-working area, so that the The elevation value is reduced to approximately the same as the average elevation value. Therefore, the amount of elevation change in the j-th sub-working area can be calculated according to the following relational expression.
  • the leveling equipment can use the current soil-carrying capacity to give the jth sub-working area Fill soil so that the elevation value h ij of the j-th sub-working area increases to be consistent with the average height value H.
  • the elevation change in the j-th sub-working area is
  • the elevation value in the j-th sub-working area is greater than the average height value, that is, when h ij ⁇ H, it indicates that the elevation value h ij in the j-th sub-working area needs to be reduced to be consistent with the average height value H. Therefore, according to the following relational formula Calculate the elevation change in the jth sub-working area.
  • the amount of earth that the leveling equipment can excavate in the jth sub-working area is
  • s ij >V s it indicates that the total amount of earthwork currently carried in the shovel and the amount of earthwork to be reduced in the jth sub-working area is greater than the full-loaded earthwork amount of the shovel V s .
  • Scenario 1 and Scenario 2 give a specific method for calculating the amount of earthwork currently carried by the shovel.
  • Scenario 1 When the elevation value in the jth sub-working area is less than or equal to the average height value, that is, when h ij ⁇ H, the method for calculating the amount of earthwork currently carried by the shovel can be as follows.
  • Scenario 2 The elevation value in the jth sub-working area is greater than or equal to the average height value, that is, when h ij ⁇ H, the method for calculating the amount of earthwork currently carried by the shovel can be as follows.
  • the total elevation change of the candidate path can be obtained by accumulating until the last rectangle, and then the work efficiency corresponding to the candidate path can be obtained.
  • the candidate path with the maximum work efficiency can be directly used as the target flat path.
  • a corresponding efficiency score may also be obtained based on the work efficiency of each candidate path, and the candidate path with the highest efficiency score may be used as the target flat ground path .
  • An implementation of calculating the efficiency score according to the elevation change is given below.
  • Step 1 Determine the efficiency score corresponding to each candidate path according to the work efficiency corresponding to each candidate path.
  • Step 2 Determine the candidate path with the highest efficiency score as the target flat path.
  • the efficiency score of each path can be evaluated by constructing a score map.
  • the score map can be one of an identity map, a mean map, and a weighted map. For example, suppose the corresponding efficiency score of the ith candidate path is E i .
  • the efficiency score can be calculated according to the following relationship.
  • the efficiency score can be calculated according to the following relationship.
  • E i is the efficiency score of the ith candidate path
  • e i is the corresponding work efficiency when the leveling equipment works on the ith candidate path to complete the work area
  • M i is the determination of multiple sub-systems on the ith candidate path The number of discrete points or the length of the i-th candidate path selected during operation.
  • the efficiency score can be calculated according to the following relation.
  • E i is the efficiency score of the i-th candidate path
  • e i is the corresponding work efficiency when the leveling equipment works on the i-th candidate path to complete the work area
  • ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 are preset weighting coefficients respectively.
  • the path planning methods in the field of mobile robots for example, the unit decomposition method represented by Trapezoidal, Boustrophedon, etc., the inner spiral coverage method, the grid method represented by template model and potential field method, etc.
  • the heuristic algorithms represented by , etc. are all aimed at obstacle avoidance problems. These path planning methods are still mainly based on line scanning for the planning of full coverage paths, and are not suitable for graders that need to consider terrain elevation and forklift load.
  • the embodiment of the present application determines the leveling path by calculating the working efficiency of multiple backup paths, so that the grader can achieve the optimal land leveling efficiency when working according to the leveling path, which will be described in detail below.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for generating a flat path provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method for generating a leveling path is applied to a processing device for controlling a leveler to perform leveling work, and the processing device may include, but is not limited to, a control module of the leveler itself, and an automatic driving device for agricultural machinery.
  • the flat path generation method includes the following steps.
  • S101 performing indentation processing on the plot boundary of the plot to be operated to obtain a reliable boundary of the plot to be operated.
  • the parcel boundary of the to-be-operated parcel also known as the target operation parcel
  • the target operation parcel is indented to obtain a reliable boundary of the to-be-operation parcel.
  • the parcel boundary may include all parcel boundary lines and all parcel boundary vertices of the parcel to be operated, and the parcel boundary vertex refers to the intersection point where each parcel boundary line in the parcel to be operated intersects.
  • the land parcel boundary can be obtained by those skilled in the art in any available manner, for example, manual field measurement, fixed-point mapping with a surveyor, surveying and mapping drone mapping, etc., or measurement based on radar or satellite remote sensing.
  • the plot boundary can be indented, for example, the center point of the plot boundary is found first, and then based on the center point, the plot boundary is set according to a certain By reducing the proportion of , a reliable boundary of the plot to be operated can be obtained. It is also possible to move each plot boundary vertex of the to-be-operated plot by the same distance into the to-be-operated plot to obtain the reliable boundary vertex corresponding to each plot boundary vertex, and then connect each reliable boundary vertex in turn to obtain A reliable boundary of the plot to be operated can be obtained.
  • the method of performing indentation processing on the plot boundary of the to-be-operated plot to obtain a reliable boundary of the to-be-operated plot may include: moving each plot boundary line in parallel into the to-be-operated plot Preset indentation distance to obtain reliable boundaries.
  • the preset retraction distance is greater than or equal to the sum of twice the minimum turning radius of the grader and the shovel width of the grader.
  • the preset retraction distance satisfies the following formula.
  • d represents the preset retraction distance
  • TR represents the minimum turning radius of the grader
  • W represents the shovel width of the grader.
  • the preset retraction distance is set in the above manner to ensure that the subsequent grader has enough turning space during the operation.
  • the solid line frame is the plot boundary
  • the dotted line box is the reliable boundary.
  • the reliable boundary can be obtained by moving each plot boundary line parallel to the plot to be operated by a distance d.
  • the candidate path refers to the planned operation route of the grader in the plot to be operated with the current position of the grader as the starting point.
  • the candidate paths may be planned by those skilled in the art in any possible manner, for example, genetic algorithm, gradient descent method, etc., which will not be repeated here.
  • S103 Process the multiple candidate paths to obtain at least one backup path of the grader on the plot to be operated. where each alternate path is within the reliable boundary.
  • the candidate path is the operation route of the grader in the plot to be operated, and the reliable boundary is obtained by shrinking the plot boundary of the plot to be operated, it may appear that part of the candidate path is within the reliable boundary, and another part of the candidate path is within the reliable boundary. Some cases are outside the reliable boundary.
  • the method of processing multiple candidate paths to obtain at least one backup path of the grader on the plot to be operated may be: adjusting each candidate path to obtain the backup path corresponding to each candidate path paths so that each alternate path is within the reliability boundary.
  • the part of the candidate path beyond the reliable boundary can be deleted, and then the parts within the reliable boundary can be connected into a continuous path to obtain the candidate path.
  • the alternate path corresponding to the path.
  • the starting point of the candidate path that is, the current position of the grader
  • step S103 may include the following sub-steps: S1031 , acquiring any target candidate path among the multiple candidate paths.
  • the discrete elevation map includes multiple discrete coordinate points and the respective elevation values of the multiple discrete coordinate points.
  • the discrete coordinate point can include the longitude and latitude of the point.
  • the discrete elevation map can be obtained through a three-dimensional map, a point cloud map, or a contour and It is converted from a two-dimensional map, etc., and the following takes a three-dimensional map as an example for description.
  • the three-dimensional map can be saved in the form of three-dimensional voxels, or can be saved in the form of recording the elevation data of each plane point in each grid.
  • Each point in the three-dimensional map has location information, and the location information is the three-dimensional coordinates of each point, including longitude, latitude, altitude, and the like.
  • the way to obtain the discrete elevation map by using the three-dimensional map can be: first, adopting an equal interval method to determine a plurality of discrete coordinate points in the plot to be operated, for example, to determine a discrete coordinate point every 1m in the plot to be operated; then , in the three-dimensional map, query the average terrain height within a circle with the current discrete coordinate point as the center and a preset radius (for example, 1.5m), and use the average terrain height as the elevation value of the current discrete coordinate point.
  • the discrete elevation map can also be obtained by manual surveying and mapping. For example, a discrete coordinate point is taken every 1m in the plot to be operated, and then a circle with the discrete coordinate point as the center and a preset radius (for example, 1.5m) is measured. The average terrain height within the range, and the average terrain height is used as the elevation value of the discrete coordinate point.
  • the above sub-steps S1031 to S1034 are processes of processing any candidate path among the multiple candidate paths as a backup path. Therefore, after the sub-step S1034 is executed, the sub-step S1031 further includes:
  • step S1031 the backup path corresponding to each candidate path is obtained.
  • A, B, C, D, and E are discrete points on the path, and A is the starting point, then starting from point A, determine whether each discrete point is one by one. Within the reliable boundary, after it is judged that point E is not within the reliable boundary, delete the part of the path after point D, the previous discrete point of point E, to obtain the backup path 1 as shown in the right figure.
  • step S103 may further include the following sub-steps.
  • S103a delete all specific candidate paths among the multiple candidate paths to obtain the at least one backup path.
  • some of the specific candidate paths are beyond the reliable boundary. This can be understood as: in multiple candidate paths, delete all candidate paths with some paths beyond the reliable boundary (that is, the aforementioned specific candidate paths), and retain other paths whose parts do not exceed the reliable boundary to obtain backup path.
  • Each alternate path includes at least two discrete points, and the distance between two adjacent discrete points is not less than the resolution of the discrete elevation map of the plot to be operated.
  • the resolution of the discrete elevation map refers to the interval (for example, 1 m) between two adjacent discrete coordinate points in the discrete elevation map.
  • the distance between two adjacent discrete points may be set to not less than 1 m.
  • the working efficiency of the backup path refers to the land leveling efficiency of the motor grader when the motor grader is leveling the land according to the backup path.
  • the multiple candidate paths are processed according to the reliable boundary, and after obtaining at least one backup path of the grader on the plot to be operated, it is necessary to calculate the work efficiency of each backup path, that is, to calculate the grader according to The land leveling efficiency when leveling the land for each alternate path.
  • Step S105 will be described in detail below. On the basis of FIG. 13 , please refer to FIG. 16 , step S105 may include the following sub-steps.
  • S1052 along the target backup path, take the distance between two adjacent discrete points as the width and the length of the shovel of the grader as the length to generate at least one discrete work area.
  • the step of calculating the respective work efficiency of each alternate path according to all discrete points corresponding to each alternate path includes: generating at least one discrete work area according to all discrete points corresponding to each alternate path; The height value of the discrete operation area is relative to the height change value of the expected height of the plot to be operated, and the work efficiency of each alternate path is calculated, wherein the work efficiency represents the sum of the height change values of all discrete work areas corresponding to the alternate path.
  • the step of generating at least one discrete work area according to all discrete points corresponding to each alternate path includes: for each alternate path, using the alternate path as a target alternate path; along the target alternate path, At least one discrete work area is generated by taking the distance between two adjacent discrete points as the width and the length of the shovel of the working equipment as the length.
  • the step of calculating the work efficiency of each alternate path based on the height change value of the height value of each discrete operation area relative to the expected height of the plot to be operated includes: based on the respective heights of each discrete operation area of the target alternate path The height change value of the value relative to the expected height value of the plot to be operated is calculated, and the work efficiency of the target alternate path is calculated, and then the respective work efficiency of each alternate path is obtained.
  • the height value of the discrete operation area can be determined in the following ways.
  • the second is to calculate the mean value of the elevation values of all discrete coordinate points in the discrete operation area, and use the mean value as the height value of the discrete operation area.
  • the third method is to determine the circumcircle of the discrete operation area; then, calculate the mean value of the elevation values of all discrete coordinate points in the circumscribed circle, and use the mean value as the height value of the discrete operation area.
  • the sub-step S1053 may include the following sub-steps.
  • S1053-1 Generate a judgment area for each discrete operation area, where the judgment area is a circumscribed rectangle or a circumscribed circle of the discrete operation area.
  • S1053-2 Calculate the mean value of the elevation values of all discrete coordinate points in each evaluation area, and obtain the height value of the discrete operation area corresponding to each evaluation area.
  • steps S1053-1 and S1053-2 describe a method for obtaining the height value of the discrete work area.
  • the small solid line frame including points A and B in the figure is a discrete work area
  • the small dotted line frame is a judgment area
  • the judgment area is the circumscribed rectangle of the discrete work area. That is, the length of the judgment area is the length of the discrete work area from left to right, and the width is the length of the discrete work area from top to bottom.
  • the judging area is rectangular, the elevation values of all discrete coordinate points in the judging area form a matrix, which is convenient for data storage.
  • sub-step S1053 may include sub-step S1053a.
  • step S1053a Calculate the mean value of the elevation values of all discrete coordinate points in the discrete operation area to obtain the height value of the discrete operation area. That is to say, step S1053a describes an acquisition method of the height value of the discrete work area.
  • the above sub-steps S1051 to S1054 are the process of calculating the work efficiency of any one of the backup paths. Therefore, after the sub-step S1054 is executed, the step S105 further includes: returning to the execution of the sub-step S1051 until each backup path is obtained. work efficiency. This can be understood as: after returning to the execution sub-step S1051, the steps S1052-S1054 will be continuously executed until the working efficiency of each backup path is obtained.
  • the work efficiency of the target alternate path can be calculated by evaluating the height variation of each discrete work area.
  • the sub-step S1054 will be described in detail below. On the basis of FIG. 16 , please refer to FIG. 19 , the sub-step S1054 may include the following sub-steps. (It can also be understood that the step of calculating the working efficiency of the target backup path based on the height change value of the respective height values of each of the discrete working areas of the target backup path relative to the expected height value of the plot to be operated, includes the following steps .)
  • S1054-1 Obtain the work efficiency of the first discrete operation area, the expected height of the plot to be operated, and the height value of the second discrete operation area, where the second discrete operation area is a rear area adjacent to the first discrete operation area A discrete work area.
  • the desired height of the plot to be operated may be, but not limited to, the average height of the plot to be operated. Assuming that the work efficiency of the first discrete operation area is e j-1 , the expected height of the plot to be operated is H, and the height of the second discrete operation area is h j .
  • ⁇ h j can be determined by the relationship between the expected height H of the plot to be operated and the height value h j of the second discrete operation area.
  • the process of calculating the height variation value of the second discrete operation area based on the expected height of the plot to be operated and the height value of the second discrete operation area may include the following steps.
  • the first step is to compare the height value of the second discrete operation area with the expected height of the plot to be operated, that is, compare H and h j .
  • the formula Calculate the height change value for the second discrete work area when the height value of the second discrete operation area is less than or equal to the expected height of the plot to be operated, use the formula Calculate the height change value for the second discrete work area.
  • ⁇ h j represents the height change value of the second discrete operation area
  • H represents the expected height of the plot to be operated
  • h j represents the height value of the second discrete operation area
  • V j-1 represents the grader to the first discrete operation area.
  • s j represents the area of the second discrete working area.
  • the second discrete operation area is a soil pit, which needs to be filled by the grader during the operation.
  • the jth discrete operation area in the figure is a soil pit, and the grader needs to level it during the operation process, so that the height value of the jth discrete operation area after leveling is close to the level to be operated.
  • the desired height H of the plot is a soil pit, and the grader needs to level it during the operation process, so that the height value of the jth discrete operation area after leveling is close to the level to be operated.
  • s j represents: the soil volume in the shovel after the grader reaches the first discrete work area is greater than or equal to the soil volume required to fill the soil pit, that is, the soil in the shovel can fill this hole. Then fill the soil until the soil pit is filled, and the height of the second discrete operation area changes after the soil filling is: the height of the soil pit, that is,
  • s j indicates that the volume of soil in the shovel after the grader reaches the first discrete working area is less than the volume of soil required to fill the soil pit, that is, the soil in the shovel cannot Fill this pit. Then fill the soil until all the soil in the shovel is filled into the soil pit, and the height change of the second discrete operation area after filling is: the volume of all the soil in the shovel divided by the area of the second discrete operation area, which is,
  • the third step when the height value of the second discrete operation area is greater than the expected height of the plot to be operated, use the formula Calculate the height change value of the second discrete work area, where V s represents the maximum soil carrying volume of the shovel.
  • the second discrete work area is a soil bag, which needs to be leveled by the motor grader currently during the work process.
  • the jth discrete operation area in the figure is a soil bag, and the grader needs to level it during the operation process, so that the height value of the jth discrete operation area after leveling is close to the work to be done.
  • the desired height H of the plot is a soil bag, and the grader needs to level it during the operation process, so that the height value of the jth discrete operation area after leveling is close to the work to be done.
  • s j ⁇ V s Characterization The sum of the soil volume in the shovel after the grader reaches the first discrete operation area and the soil volume of this soil bag is less than or equal to the maximum band of the shovel. Soil volume, that is, the soil that the shovel can hold to level the bag. Then, until the soil bag is leveled, the height of the second discrete operation area changes as follows: the height of the soil bag, that is,
  • s j indicates that the sum of the soil volume in the shovel after the grader reaches the first discrete operation area and the soil volume of this soil bag is greater than the maximum soil volume of the shovel, namely , the shovel cannot hold the soil to level the soil bag; then the shovel is shoveled until the shovel is full, and the height change of the second discrete working area after shoveling is: the volume of soil that the shovel can still hold divided by The area of the second discrete work area, i.e.,
  • the process of calculating the volume of soil carried in the shovel after the grader reaches the second discrete operation area may include the following steps .
  • s j it means that the soil in the shovel still remains after filling the soil hole, and the volume of the remaining soil is the volume of all the soil in the shovel minus the filling hole.
  • s j ⁇ V s it means that the shovel can hold the soil to level the soil bag.
  • the volume of the total soil in the shovel is the original soil in the shovel.
  • s j >V s it means that the shovel cannot hold the soil for leveling the soil bag. At this time, the volume of all soil in the shovel is the maximum band of the shovel. The soil volume, ie, V s .
  • S1054-5 Determine whether the second discrete operation area is the last discrete operation area on the target backup path.
  • the work efficiency of the first discrete operation area is the height change value of the first discrete operation area and the preset initial work efficiency. sum of values.
  • a grader path can be determined from the candidate paths corresponding to each backup path according to the work efficiency of each backup path, and the grader path can be a grader.
  • the candidate path with the highest land leveling efficiency for example, the candidate path corresponding to the backup path with the highest work efficiency is used as the leveling path.
  • the step of determining the target leveling path within the target operation scope includes: acquiring at least one backup path of the operating equipment in the plot to be operated corresponding to the target operation scope; obtaining all discrete paths corresponding to each backup path According to all the discrete points corresponding to each alternate path, the respective work efficiency of each alternate path is calculated; according to the respective work efficiency of each alternate path, the target flat ground path is determined from the alternate paths. That is to say, in this embodiment of the present application, it is not necessary to perform indentation processing on the parcel boundary of the parcel to be operated, and it is not necessary to obtain an alternate route based on the candidate route. That is, in the embodiment of the present application, it is sufficient to directly acquire at least one backup path of the operation equipment in the to-be-operated plot corresponding to the target operation range.
  • acquiring at least one backup path of the operation equipment in the to-be-operated plot corresponding to the target operation range includes: performing indentation processing on the plot boundary of the to-be-operated plot to obtain the to-be-operated plot Reliable boundary; obtain multiple candidate paths of the operating equipment in the plot to be operated; obtain any target candidate path among the multiple candidate paths; discretize the target candidate path into multiple discrete points; start with the starting point of the target candidate path , determine whether multiple discrete points are within the reliable boundary one by one, where the starting point is within the reliable boundary; if the currently determined current discrete point is not within the reliable boundary, delete the part of the path after the previous discrete point of the current discrete point to obtain the target
  • the backup path corresponding to the candidate path returns to the step of obtaining any target candidate path among the multiple candidate paths, until the backup path corresponding to each candidate path is obtained.
  • acquiring at least one backup path of the operation equipment in the plot to be operated corresponding to the target operation range includes: performing indentation processing on the plot boundary of the plot to be operated to obtain a reliable boundary of the plot to be operated ; delete all specific candidate paths in the multiple candidate paths to obtain at least one alternate path, wherein some of the specific candidate paths exceed the reliable boundary.
  • FIG. 21 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for generating a flat path provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the method for generating a leveling path is applied to a processing device for controlling a leveler to perform leveling work, and the processing device may include, but is not limited to, a control module of the leveler itself, and an automatic driving device for agricultural machinery.
  • the flat path generation method includes the following steps:
  • At least one backup path of the grader on the plot to be operated is obtained, wherein the at least one backup path is obtained by processing multiple candidate paths of the grader on the plot to be operated, and each backup path is Within the reliable boundaries of the parcel.
  • FIG. 22 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for generating a flat path provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the method for generating a leveling path is applied to a processing device for controlling a leveler to perform leveling work, and the processing device may include, but is not limited to, a control module of the leveler itself, and an automatic driving device for agricultural machinery.
  • the flat path generation method includes the following steps:
  • S303 Process the multiple candidate paths to obtain at least one backup path of the grader on the plot to be operated, wherein each backup path is within a reliable boundary.
  • the work equipment When using the work equipment to work by working along a fixed path, taking the use of a grader for land leveling as an example, it can be pre-planned to work on the entire work plot (also known as the target work plot) before the grader works. the working path, and then the grader performs land leveling according to the working path.
  • the paths planned by this method are usually continuous S routes, spanning S routes, spiral routes and diagonal routes, etc. These routes cannot improve the leveling efficiency of the grader and cannot reduce the operation time of the grader.
  • this method has a certain effect of improving the flatness of the land, this method cannot control the load of the grader well, which will cause the grader to be easily damaged during operation. That is, this approach also fails to optimize the work efficiency of the motor grader.
  • the current real-time path planning method can usually only be applied to mobile robots. Due to the difference in structure and operating mechanism between mobile robots and graders (for example, mobile robots can change their orientation directly in situ when changing orientation, while graders and other work equipment need to move and change orientation when changing orientation), The current real-time path planning methods cannot be directly applied to work equipment such as graders. Even if the current real-time path planning method is directly applied to these operating equipments, due to the particularity of the operation purpose, the operating equipment will fall into a dead zone and cannot perform the operation effectively.
  • a dead zone can be understood as an area where the work equipment cannot go out.
  • the dead-end area where the work equipment is unable to move forward or backward, or the work equipment is in an area where it is always spinning, or the work equipment will continue to return to the original position after a certain period of time during the operation, so An area in which to cycle back and forth.
  • the embodiments of the present application propose a path planning method and a related device for getting out of the dead zone, which can effectively make the working equipment get out of the dead zone.
  • the various defects existing in the above technical solutions in the prior art are the results obtained by the inventor after careful practical research. Therefore, the discovery process of the above-mentioned problems and the following examples of the present application are aimed at the above-mentioned problems.
  • the solutions proposed for the problems should all be the contributions made by the inventor to the present application in the process of realizing the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a structural block diagram of a work equipment control unit provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the work equipment control unit 130 may include: a memory 131 and a processor 132 .
  • the memory 131, the processor 132 and the communication interface 134 may be directly or indirectly electrically connected to realize data transmission and interaction. For example, these elements may be electrically connected to each other through the bus 133 and/or signal lines.
  • the processor 132 may process information and/or data related to path planning out of the dead zone to perform one or more functions described herein. For example, the processor 132 may update the path parameters of the work equipment when the work equipment is located in the dead zone, and perform path planning for leaving the dead zone according to the above path parameters, which can effectively make the work equipment escape from the dead zone.
  • the above-mentioned memory 131 may be, but is not limited to: solid state hard disk (Solid State Disk, SSD), mechanical hard disk (Hard Disk Drive, HDD), read only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), programmable read only memory (Programmable read only memory) Read-Only Memory, PROM), Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EPROM), Random Access Memory (RAM), Electrical Erasable Programmable Read- Only Memory, EEPROM) etc.
  • the above-mentioned processor 132 can be, but not limited to: a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), a network processor (Network Processor, NP), etc.; also can be, but not limited to: an application specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC) ), Digital Signal Processing (DSP), Field-Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. Therefore, the above-mentioned processor 132 may be a device with signal processing capability.
  • a central processing unit Central Processing Unit, CPU
  • NP Network Processor
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • DSP Digital Signal Processing
  • FPGA Field-Programmable Gate Array
  • the structure of the work equipment control unit 130 shown in FIG. 23 is only a schematic structure, and the work equipment control unit 130 may further include more or less components or modules than the structure shown in FIG. 23 different configurations or configurations. Also, each component shown in FIG. 23 may be implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of both. In addition, the work equipment control unit 130 provided by the present application may adopt different configurations or structures according to different requirements in practical applications.
  • the operation equipment control unit 130 provided in the present application may be the control core device of the operation equipment (such as a controller inside a motor grader, agricultural tractor, unmanned aerial vehicle, unmanned vehicle, unmanned boat, etc.), or it may be a Electronic devices with communication, computing and storage functions (such as servers, cloud platforms, computers, mobile phones, tablets, agricultural autopilots, etc.).
  • the control core device of the operation equipment such as a controller inside a motor grader, agricultural tractor, unmanned aerial vehicle, unmanned vehicle, unmanned boat, etc.
  • computing and storage functions such as servers, cloud platforms, computers, mobile phones, tablets, agricultural autopilots, etc.
  • the present application also provides a work equipment, which can effectively make the work equipment escape from the dead zone.
  • the type of operation equipment to which the method provided in this application is applied is not limited to graders, it can also be applied to operations such as agricultural tractors, drones, unmanned vehicles, various types of vehicles, and unmanned boats. equipment.
  • FIG. 24 is a structural block diagram of a work equipment 100 provided in an embodiment of the application.
  • the work equipment 100 may include a body 110 , a power equipment 120 and the above-mentioned work equipment control unit 130 .
  • the type of work equipment 100 may be a motor grader.
  • the power equipment 120 may be installed on the above-mentioned body 110 to provide power for the working equipment 100 .
  • the working equipment can adopt the structure of a grader
  • the power equipment 120 can be a drive module (including an engine, a chassis, etc.) of the grader
  • the body 110 can be the body of the grader.
  • the memory 131 of the work equipment control unit 130 stores machine-readable instructions related to the path planning method out of the dead zone, and the processor 132 can execute the machine-readable instructions to update the path of the work equipment when the work equipment is located in the dead zone parameters, and determine whether to control the work equipment 100 to escape from the dead zone according to the above path parameters, which can effectively make the work equipment escape from the dead zone.
  • FIG. 24 is only an illustration, and the working equipment 100 may further include more or less components than those shown in FIG. 24 , or have different configurations from those shown in FIG. 24 .
  • the work equipment control unit 130 provided by the present application is an electronic device with communication, calculation and storage functions, these electronic devices can update the path parameters of the work equipment when the work equipment is located in the dead zone, and according to the path parameters To determine whether to control the work equipment 100 to escape from the dead zone, it can effectively make the work equipment escape from the dead zone, and realize the path planning method for the work equipment to escape from the dead zone provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 25 shows a flowchart of a method for planning a path out of a dead zone provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method for planning a path out of the dead zone may be applied to the above-mentioned work equipment control unit 130, and the method for planning a path out of the dead zone may include the following steps.
  • step S210 is performed on the premise that, based on the path planning method mentioned in any of the above embodiments, a target level ground path within the target operation range is determined, and the operation of the operation equipment is guided based on the target level ground path.
  • the above dead zone can be understood as a certain area where the work equipment cannot go out, for example, a dead end area where the work equipment cannot move forward or backward, or a certain area where the work equipment is always rotating An area, or a certain area where the working equipment will continue to return to its original position after a certain period of time during the operation, so as to cycle back and forth.
  • the paths planned by the operation equipment 100 in real time are connected one by one into a circle.
  • the segments of paths planned by the operation equipment 100 in real time are connected to form an "8" circle.
  • the work equipment 100 rotates all the time in one area, and in the "b" sub-figure shown in Fig. 26, the work equipment 100 works cyclically in a dead zone. Therefore, in both the "a" subgraph and the "b" subgraph shown in FIG. 26 , the situation in which the work equipment 100 cannot be separated from the circulating work along the path may occur.
  • the work equipment 100 is too close to the boundary of the work lot, and the area corresponding to the path parameter is beyond the boundary of the work lot.
  • the operation equipment 100 determines the movement path according to the path parameters, since the area corresponding to the path parameters exceeds the boundary of the operation plot, the movement path determined by the operation equipment 100 according to the path parameters will also exceed the boundary, so that the operation equipment 100 cannot plan in real time In the next segment of the path, the work equipment 100 cannot move forward or backward at this time, and the work equipment 100 will stop working.
  • the path parameters of the working equipment may include at least one of the following: a working range, a path direction, a path curvature, and the like.
  • the working range can be used to determine the moving path of the working equipment 100 .
  • the operation plot 10 includes a plurality of black areas (the black area can be understood as the area where the operation equipment needs to perform operations, for example, the mound in the land leveling operation), the operation equipment 100
  • the scope of work is area S.
  • the operation equipment 100 may determine a section of a movement path within the area S, and then perform operations along the movement path, and determine the next section of the movement path according to the operation range during the operation. That is to say, the operation equipment can continuously determine the moving path according to the operation scope, so as to achieve the purpose of planning the path section by section in real time for the operation.
  • S220 Determine the escape path of the working equipment according to the updated path parameters; the end point of the escape path is outside the dead zone.
  • the operation equipment 100 may re-determine a new escape path (ie, update the original moving path) according to the updated path parameters, and the end point of the escape path may be located at the dead end. outside the area. Furthermore, since the end point of the escape path is located outside the dead zone, the work equipment 100 can be smoothly escaped from the dead zone along the escape path.
  • a new escape path ie, update the original moving path
  • the present application can update the path parameters of the work equipment, and then determine the escape path of the work equipment according to the updated path parameters, wherein the end point of the escape path is outside the dead zone. Since the end point of the escape path is located outside the dead zone, the working equipment can move out of the dead zone by moving along the escape path. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application can achieve the beneficial effect of effectively removing the working equipment from the dead zone.
  • the foregoing method embodiments may further include the following steps.
  • continuously executing S200 can determine whether the operation equipment is located in the dead zone according to the movement parameters of the operation equipment in real time, and when the operation equipment is located in the dead zone, timely control the operation equipment. out of the dead zone.
  • S200 may include one of the following implementation manners.
  • Mode 1 when the working efficiency of the working equipment on the current working path is less than or equal to a preset value, it is determined that the working equipment is located in the dead zone.
  • the dead zone can be understood as a certain area that the work equipment cannot go out, that is to say, when the work equipment 100 is located in the dead zone, it will generate useless work if it continues to work.
  • the work efficiency is 0. Therefore, whether or not the work equipment is located in the dead zone can be determined by the work efficiency of the work equipment on the moving path.
  • the ratio of the amount of the work completed and the moving time can be used as the work efficiency of the work equipment on the moving path.
  • the above-mentioned preset efficiency value may represent that the work efficiency of the work equipment working along the moving path is 0. That is to say, when the work equipment continues to work on the moving path, useless work will be generated, and at this time, the work equipment is located in the dead zone.
  • the work equipment 100 When the work equipment 100 is too close to the boundary of the work field, the work equipment may be in a situation where it cannot move forward or backward, and in this case, the work equipment 100 is also in a dead zone and cannot escape. Therefore, it can be determined whether or not the working equipment 100 is located in the dead zone by the current posture of the working equipment on the moving path.
  • the operation equipment 100 when the distance between the current position of the operation equipment and the boundary of the operation plot is less than the second preset distance, and the current nose of the operation equipment faces the boundary of the operation plot, it means that the operation equipment 100 is too close to the boundary of the operation plot. At this time, the operation equipment The 100 cannot go forward or backward, and is in a dead zone.
  • the second preset distance is L
  • the current position of the operation equipment is P
  • the current orientation is PA
  • the distance between the current position P of the operation equipment and the boundary of the operation plot of the operation equipment is less than L
  • the current orientation PA of the working equipment points to the boundary of the working plot, and at this time, it can be determined that the working equipment is located in the dead zone.
  • the above-mentioned second preset distance L needs to satisfy: L>d min , d min ⁇ W, d min is the minimum safety distance, and W is the shovel width of the grader (It can also be understood as the working width); and, assuming that the minimum turning radius of the grader is TR, the above-mentioned second preset distance L can also be set as: L ⁇ d min +2 ⁇ TR.
  • the method of updating the path parameters of the work equipment may include: updating the work range of the work equipment in a setting manner.
  • the setting method includes at least one of the following: translating the working range of the working device, and expanding the working range of the working device.
  • the working range of the working device can be expanded according to a preset value, which can be a preset constant (eg, 3 meters, 4 meters, etc.), or the working width of the working device 100 .
  • the preset value may also be the width of the grader shovel.
  • the figure shows the case where the work range of the work equipment is expanded, the original moving path is K1 , the original work range is area S, and the expanded work range is area S1 .
  • the original moving path can be updated according to the expanded working range, and the next moving path K2 can be determined, and the end point of the moving path K1 is outside the dead zone.
  • the work equipment 100 can move the work along the moving path K2, and can escape from the dead zone.
  • the current working range can be translated on the working map according to the set moving direction and moving step, so as to plan a path from the current position down to the shifted working range.
  • a possible implementation of the above-mentioned S220 may include the following steps:
  • S220-1 Determine at least one preselected path according to the updated operation scope. The endpoints of each preselected path are located outside the dead zone.
  • a plurality of preselected moving paths may be determined in the area S, which are respectively “K1”, “K2”, and “K3”. These moving paths are located in the area S1, and the end point of each preselected path is located outside the dead zone. Then, the work equipment 100 may determine the work efficiency of "K1", “K2”, and "K3" in combination with the actual terrain of the work plot and the work task.
  • the work efficiency of the preselected path may be determined by acquiring the first space volume of the bumps and concave blocks existing on the preselected path, and then acquiring the second volume of the convex blocks and concave blocks existing in the entire work plot.
  • the space volume according to the ratio between the first space volume and the second space volume, determines the operation efficiency.
  • the convex block can be understood as a place with relatively high terrain in the operation plot, such as a small convex hull; the concave block can be understood as a place with relatively low terrain in the operation block, such as a pit.
  • the preset condition includes at least one of the following: the work efficiency is greater than a preset threshold, and the work efficiency is the largest among all the determined work efficiencies.
  • the above-mentioned preset threshold may represent that the work efficiency of the operation equipment on the preselected path is 0.
  • the preselected path with the highest work efficiency can be determined as the escape path according to the updated work range, so that the work equipment can not only escape from the dead zone, but also work with the highest work efficiency. Carry out work, thereby improving the work efficiency of the work equipment.
  • the way of updating the path parameters of the working equipment may include: according to the current position of the working equipment, the current nose orientation and the minimum turn Radius updates the path direction and path curvature of the current path of the work equipment.
  • the path curvature may include a curvature used to represent each point or a preset number of points on the path, and the curvatures of these points may all be the same or may be different.
  • the current nose orientation is the running orientation of the work equipment.
  • the current head orientation is the running orientation of the grader, or the orientation of the steering wheel of the grader.
  • a possible implementation of the above-mentioned S220 may include the following steps: taking the current position of the working equipment as a starting point, and generating an arc segment including a turning arc according to the updated path direction and path curvature or A breakaway path containing turn arcs and straight segments.
  • the radius of curvature of the turning arc is greater than or equal to the minimum turning radius of the work equipment.
  • the distance between the current position P of the operation equipment and the boundary of the operation plot is less than the preset distance L, and the current direction PA points to the boundary of the operation plot.
  • P can be used as the starting point, according to the path direction of the operation equipment and path curvature to generate breakaway path PQs that contain either turn arcs or both turn arcs and straight segments.
  • the current position of the work equipment can be used as the starting point, and the escape path can be generated according to the straight line segment and/or the turning arc segment, wherein the radius of the turning arc segment is greater than or equal to the minimum turning radius of the work equipment, and the curvature of any point on the escape path is The radii are all larger than the minimum turning radius.
  • the above-mentioned turning arc segment can be a circular arc segment, and multiple arc segments can be generated according to the circular arc segment and the straight line segment, including: circular arc segment, straight line segment-circular arc segment, circular arc segment-straight line segment, or the preceding three paths. Combine paths, and then select the escape path from these paths.
  • the escape path is also generated with the position point outside the dead zone as the end point. As shown in Figure 30, the Q point is a position outside the dead zone.
  • the dead zone is an area formed by the plot boundary of the operation plot and the boundary line between the operation plot and the plot boundary that satisfies the preset distance
  • the position points whose distance is greater than or equal to the first preset distance are the inflection points where the path direction deviates from the boundary of the plot to generate the escape path; wherein, the inflection point is the closest point on the escape path to the boundary of the plot.
  • the distance between the current position P of the working equipment and the boundary of the working plot is less than the preset distance L, and the current direction PA points to the boundary of the working plot, that is to say, the dead zone is at this time. It is an area formed by the parcel boundary of the operation parcel and the boundary line in the operation parcel that meets the preset distance from the parcel boundary. Further, a position point whose distance from the boundary of the plot is greater than or equal to the first preset distance can be used as the inflection point of the path direction away from the boundary of the plot to generate the escape path.
  • a point M can be determined as the inflection point at the distance D from the boundary of the plot, and then an escape path PQ including the inflection point and the end point is generated, where M is the inflection point of the escape path PQ, and the point M is the closest point on the escape path PQ to the boundary of the work plot.
  • the points from point M to point Q are gradually away from the boundary of the operating plot.
  • the length of the path segment between the end point of the path segment where the inflection point is located and the inflection point is greater than or equal to a preset length threshold. For example, if it is assumed that the preset length threshold is 4 meters, the line segment MQ from point M to point Q on PQ is ⁇ 4 meters.
  • the inflection point is the closest point to the boundary of the work plot on the breakaway path
  • the points between the inflection point and the end point on the breakaway path gradually move away from the boundary of the work plot, that is to say, the end of the breakaway path faces the deviation from the work.
  • the boundary of the field when the working equipment moves along the escape path to the end of the path, it can realize the direction reversal, and after the direction is reversed, it will no longer face the boundary of the work field.
  • the angle between the MQ section on the PQ and the boundary of the operation plot is ⁇ , and if the included angle is greater than 0, it means that the direction of the MQ section deviates from the boundary of the operation plot; if the included angle is less than 0, the direction of the MQ section is towards the operation.
  • is a preset angle value, which can be obtained according to the experimental preset, so as to avoid that the curvature of the MQ section cannot meet the turning requirements of the operation equipment due to the excessively large included angle ⁇ .
  • the MQ segment is a curve
  • the above-mentioned included angle ⁇ can be correspondingly expressed as the included angle between the tangent of the MQ segment and the boundary of the operating plot.
  • the work equipment 100 may determine the next segment of the moving path whose end point is outside the dead zone, and move along the next segment of the moving path to escape the dead zone.
  • the breakaway path includes an inflection point and an end point, the turning point is the point on the turning path that is closest to the boundary of the work plot, and the points between the turning point and the end point on the breakaway path are gradually away from the boundary of the work plot", "The radius of the turning arc is greater than or equal to the minimum turning radius of the operating equipment, and the radius of curvature of any point on the escape path is greater than the minimum turning radius” as the constraint condition, and the path search algorithm is used to directly generate the escape path that satisfies the above constraints.
  • the above-mentioned S210 may be performed when the flatness of the operating plot is less than the preset flatness. when executed.
  • FIG. 34 is an implementation of the present application.
  • the example provides a functional block diagram of a path range determination device.
  • the path range determination device 30 mentioned in this embodiment includes: updating Module 301.
  • the update module 301 is configured to update the current operation range when the flatness of the plot in the current operation range meets the set condition, so as to obtain the target operation range whose flatness of the plot does not meet the set condition; wherein, the set condition is the current operation
  • the extent's parcel flatness is less than or equal to the desired flatness of the target job parcel.
  • FIG. 35 provides an embodiment of the present application.
  • the path planning apparatus 40 includes: a determination module 401 .
  • the determination module 401 is used to determine the target operation range according to the land flatness of the target operation area; the land flatness of the target operation area does not meet the set condition; wherein, the set condition is that the land flatness of the target operation area is less than or equal to the expected flatness of the target operation plot; determine the target leveling path within the target operation area, and the leveling path is used to guide the leveling equipment to perform leveling operations within the target operation area.
  • modules of the path planning device 40 may be stored in the memory in the form of software or firmware (Firmware) or solidified in the processor of any leveling equipment (also known as work equipment), and can be executed by the processor. Any one of the path range determination methods provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 36 is a structural block diagram of a work equipment control unit provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the work equipment control unit 50 includes a memory 501 , a processor 502 and a communication interface 503 .
  • the memory 501 , the processor 502 and the communication interface 503 are directly or indirectly electrically connected to each other to realize data transmission or interaction.
  • these elements may be electrically connected to each other through one or more communication buses or signal lines.
  • the processing device may be a control module configured on the leveling equipment itself, or may be an agricultural autopilot or other equipment used to control the operation of the leveling equipment, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the memory 501 can be used to store software programs and modules, such as program instructions/modules corresponding to the path range determination method or the path planning method provided by the embodiments of the present application, and the processor 502 executes the software programs and modules stored in the memory 501. Execute various functional applications and data processing.
  • the communication interface 503 can be used for signaling or data communication with other node devices.
  • the grading device 10 may have multiple communication interfaces 503 in this application.
  • the memory 501 may be, but not limited to, a random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), a read-only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), a programmable read-only memory (Programmable Read-Only Memory, PROM), an erasable memory In addition to read-only memory (Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory, EPROM), Electrical Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electric Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory, EEPROM), etc.
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • PROM Programmable Read-Only Memory
  • EPROM Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory
  • EEPROM Electrical Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory
  • the processor 502 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability.
  • the processor 502 can be a general-purpose processor, including a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), a network processor (Network Processor, NP), etc.; it can also be a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processing, DSP), dedicated integrated Circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the memory 501 stores machine-executable instructions that can be executed by the processor 502 for any path scoping method or path planning method of the present application.
  • a work equipment the work equipment includes: a body; a power device installed on the body and used to provide power for the work equipment; and a work equipment control unit, the work equipment control unit includes a processor and a memory, where the memory stores machine-readable instructions, and the processor is configured to execute the machine-readable instructions to implement the method described in any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the storage medium can be stored in the processor 502 shown in FIG. 36
  • the computer program is executed by the processor 502 to achieve the foregoing implementation.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be, but not limited to, a U disk, a removable hard disk, a ROM, RAM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM, a magnetic disk or an optical disk, etc.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Human Resources & Organizations (AREA)
  • Economics (AREA)
  • Strategic Management (AREA)
  • Marketing (AREA)
  • Game Theory and Decision Science (AREA)
  • Entrepreneurship & Innovation (AREA)
  • Development Economics (AREA)
  • Operations Research (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Tourism & Hospitality (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Operation Control Of Excavators (AREA)

Abstract

A path range determination method, comprising: when a land flatness within the current operation range meets a set condition, updating the current operation range, so as to obtain a target operation range within which the land flatness does not meet the set condition, wherein the set condition comprises the land flatness within the current operation range being less than or equal to a desired flatness of a target plot of operation land. Comparing the present application with the prior art, a ground leveling path range can be adjusted in real time, such that a determined target operation range includes an area to be leveled, thereby reducing the risk of the leveling of a target plot of operation land being repeated or missed, preventing a ground leveling device from doing pointless work in an area which does not need to be leveled, and improving the ground leveling operation efficiency.

Description

路径范围确定方法及装置、路径规划方法及装置Path range determination method and device, path planning method and device 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及作业设备路径确定技术领域,具体而言,涉及一种路径范围确定方法及装置、路径规划方法及装置。The present application relates to the technical field of path determination of operating equipment, and in particular, to a path range determination method and device, and a path planning method and device.
发明背景Background of the Invention
土地平整是土地开发管理和农田水资源管理的重要环节,往往需要机械设备将倾斜、高低不平的地面平整成为水平或带有一定坡度的地面,土地平整的主要目的是为了便于耕作、播种、灌溉、排水、施肥、打药及收获等作业,能够促进土地的集约利用和规模经营;能够方便机械化耕作,改善农业生产条件,加快农业的现代化进程。Land leveling is an important part of land development management and farmland water resources management. It often requires mechanical equipment to level the inclined, uneven ground into a level or a ground with a certain slope. The main purpose of land leveling is to facilitate farming, sowing and irrigation. , drainage, fertilization, spraying and harvesting operations can promote the intensive use of land and large-scale management; it can facilitate mechanized farming, improve agricultural production conditions, and speed up the modernization process of agriculture.
目前,用户驾驶平地机进行平地工作时,往往只能根据观察在估测需要作业的区域,该估测出来的区域是一个固定的区域,平地设备只能在固定的区域内进行平地作业,当估测的平地范围不合理时,容易出现漏平、重平的情况,达不到预期的平整效果。At present, when users drive a grader to perform leveling work, they often can only estimate the area that needs to be operated based on observations. The estimated area is a fixed area, and the leveling equipment can only perform leveling operations in a fixed area. When the estimated leveling range is unreasonable, leakage and re-leveling are likely to occur, and the expected leveling effect cannot be achieved.
因此,如何合理的调整规划路径区域,提高效率是需要解决的技术问题。Therefore, how to adjust the planned route area reasonably and improve the efficiency is a technical problem that needs to be solved.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
有鉴于此,本申请提供了一种路径范围确定方法及装置、路径规划方法及装置,本申请可以实时调整平地路径范围,避免出现漏平或重平的现象,提高了平地效率。In view of this, the present application provides a path range determination method and device, and a path planning method and device. The present application can adjust the leveling path range in real time, avoid the phenomenon of missing leveling or double leveling, and improve the leveling efficiency.
第一方面,本申请提供一种路径范围确定方法,所述方法包括:在当前作业范围的地块平整度满足设定条件时,更新所述当前作业范围,以获得地块平整度不满足所述设定条件的目标作业范围;其中,所述设定条件包括所述当前作业范围的所述地块平整度小于或等于目标作业地块的期望平整度;所述当前作业范围和所述目标作业范围均位于所述目标作业地块中。In a first aspect, the present application provides a method for determining a path range, the method comprising: when the flatness of a plot in the current operating range satisfies a set condition, updating the current operating range to obtain a plot whose flatness does not meet all requirements. The target operation range of the set conditions; wherein, the set conditions include that the flatness of the plot in the current operation range is less than or equal to the expected flatness of the target operation plot; the current operation range and the target The work scopes are all located in the target work plots.
第二方面,本申请提供一种路径规划方法,所述方法包括:根据目标作业地块的地块平整度确定目标作业范围;所述目标作业范围的地块平整度不满足设定条件;其中,所述设定条件包括所述目标作业范围的地块平整度小于或等于所述目标作业地块的期望平整度;确定所述目标作业范围内的目标平地路径,所述目标平地路径用于引导作业设备在所述目标作业范围内进行平整作业。In a second aspect, the present application provides a path planning method, the method comprising: determining a target operation scope according to the land flatness of the target operation area; the land flatness of the target operation area does not meet a set condition; wherein , the setting conditions include that the flatness of the target operating area is less than or equal to the expected flatness of the target operating area; determining a target flat path within the target operating area, and the target flat path is used for The work equipment is guided to perform leveling work within the target work range.
第三方面,本申请提供一种路径范围确定装置,该装置包括:更新模块,用于在当前作业范围的地块平整度满足设定条件时,更新所述当前作业范围,以获得地块平整度不满足所述设定条件的目标作业范围;其中,所述设定条件包括所述当前作业范围的所述地块平整度小于或等于目标作业地块的期望平整度;所述当前作业范围和所述目标作业范围均位于所述目标作业地块中。In a third aspect, the present application provides a path range determination device, the device comprising: an update module configured to update the current operation range when the flatness of the plot in the current operation range meets a set condition, so as to obtain the flatness of the plot The target operation range whose degree does not meet the set condition; wherein, the set condition includes that the flatness of the plot in the current operation range is less than or equal to the expected flatness of the target operation plot; the current operation range and the target operation range are located in the target operation plot.
第四方面,本申请提供一种路径规划装置,该装置包括:确定模块,用于根据目标作业地块的地块平整度确定目标作业范围;所述目标作业范围的地块平整度不满足设定条件;其中,所述设定条件包括所述目标作业范围的地块平整度小于或等于所述目标作业地块的期望平整度;确定所述目标作业范围内的目标平地路径,所述目标平地路径用于引导作业设备在所述目标作业范围内进行平整作业。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a path planning device, the device comprising: a determination module configured to determine a target operation range according to the land flatness of the target operation area; the land flatness of the target operation area does not meet the required setting conditions; wherein, the setting conditions include that the flatness of the target operation area is less than or equal to the expected flatness of the target operation area; determining the target level path within the target operation area, the target The leveling path is used to guide the work equipment to perform leveling work within the target work range.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,计算机程序被处理器执行时实现前述实施方式中任一项的方法。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, implements the method in any one of the foregoing embodiments.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种作业设备控制单元,包括处理器和存储器,存储器存储有机器可读指令,处理器用于执行机器可读指令,以实现前述实施方式中任一项的方法。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a work equipment control unit, including a processor and a memory, the memory stores machine-readable instructions, and the processor is configured to execute the machine-readable instructions to implement the method in any one of the foregoing embodiments .
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种作业设备,包括:机体;动力设备,安装在机体,用于为作业设备提供动力;以及作业设备控制单元;作业设备控制单元包括处理器和存储器,存储器存储有机器可读指令,处理器用于执行机器可读指令,以实现前述实施方式中任一项的方法。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a work equipment, including: a body; a power device installed on the body to provide power for the work equipment; and a work equipment control unit; the work equipment control unit includes a processor and a memory, and the memory Machine-readable instructions are stored for execution by the processor to implement the method of any of the preceding embodiments.
与现有技术相比,本申请上述任一技术方案至少可以达到以下技术效果。Compared with the prior art, any of the above technical solutions of the present application can at least achieve the following technical effects.
本申请通过对地块平整度满足设定条件,即满足平整度要求的当前作业范围进行更新,以使得更新得到的目标作业范围的地块平整度不满足平整度要求,相对于相关技术中控制平地设备(又称作业设备)在一个固定范围内的区域进行重复平整作业的方式,可以解决平地设备因在固定范围内重复平整作业而容易出现重平、且因其他区域未被平整而容易出现漏平的问题,进而可以避免平地设备发生无用作业和遗漏作业。此外,从本申请上述任一方案的记载可知,只要在可以更新得到目标作业范围 时,才需要平地设备对目标作业范围进行平整,由此,在不可以更新得到目标作业范围时,可以理解为整个目标作业地块的地块平整度已满足要求而无需平整,则平地设备无需进行平地作业,因此,本申请还可以避免控制平地设备进入已满足地块平整度要求的地块的无用操作,有利于提高农事作业的效率。In the present application, the flatness of the plot satisfies the set condition, that is, the current operating range that meets the flatness requirement is updated, so that the plot flatness of the updated target operating range does not meet the flatness requirement. Compared with the control in the related art The way that leveling equipment (also known as work equipment) performs repeated leveling operations in a fixed area can solve the problem that the leveling equipment is prone to heavy leveling due to repeated leveling operations within a fixed range, and it is easy to appear because other areas are not leveled. The problem of leakage and leveling can be avoided, thereby avoiding useless operations and missed operations on the leveling equipment. In addition, it can be seen from the description of any one of the above solutions in this application that the leveling equipment is required to level the target operating range only when the target operating range can be updated. Therefore, when the target operating range cannot be updated, it can be understood that If the flatness of the entire target operation plot has met the requirements and does not need to be flattened, the leveling equipment does not need to perform the leveling operation. Therefore, the application can also avoid the useless operation of controlling the leveling equipment to enter the plot that has met the requirements of the flatness of the plot. Conducive to improving the efficiency of agricultural operations.
相对现有技术,本申请具有以下有益效果。本申请提供的一种路径生成方法,在生成平地机的平地路径时,先将作业地块的地块边界内缩处理为可靠边界,再根据可靠边界对待作业地块的多条候选路径进行处理,得到平地机在待作业地块的至少一条备用路径,每条备用路径均在可靠边界内;之后通过每条备用路径对应的所有离散点计算每条备用路径的工作效率,并依据工作效率从多条候选路径中找到最优的平地路径。与现有技术相比,本申请通过计算每条备用路径的工作效率来确定平地路径,从而使平地机按照该平地路径工作时,能够达到最优的土地平整效率,具有良好的实用性。Compared with the prior art, the present application has the following beneficial effects. In a path generation method provided by the present application, when generating a leveling path of a grader, the plot boundary of an operation plot is first indented into a reliable boundary, and then a plurality of candidate paths of the operation plot are processed according to the reliable boundary , obtain at least one alternate path of the grader on the plot to be operated, and each alternate path is within the reliable boundary; then calculate the work efficiency of each alternate path through all discrete points corresponding to each alternate path, and calculate the work efficiency from Find the optimal flat path among multiple candidate paths. Compared with the prior art, the present application determines the leveling path by calculating the working efficiency of each alternate path, so that when the grader works according to the leveling path, the optimal land leveling efficiency can be achieved and has good practicability.
在本申请实施例中,当作业设备位于死区时,更新作业设备的路径参数,然后可以根据更新后的路径参数确定作业设备的脱离路径,其中,脱离路径的终点位于死区外。由于脱离路径的终点位于死区外,进而作业设备沿该脱离路径移动即可脱离死区。因此,本申请实施例能够达到有效地使得作业设备脱离死区的有益效果。In the embodiment of the present application, when the work equipment is located in the dead zone, the path parameters of the work equipment are updated, and then the escape path of the work equipment can be determined according to the updated path parameters, wherein the end point of the escape path is outside the dead zone. Since the end point of the escape path is located outside the dead zone, the working equipment can move out of the dead zone by moving along the escape path. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application can achieve the beneficial effect of effectively removing the working equipment from the dead zone.
附图简要说明Brief Description of Drawings
图1所示为本申请一实施例提供的平地路径范围确定方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a path range on flat ground provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图2所示为图1中104的一种实现方式。FIG. 2 shows an implementation of 104 in FIG. 1 .
图3所示为图2中104-1的一种实现方式。FIG. 3 shows an implementation of 104-1 in FIG. 2 .
图4所示为本申请另一实施例提供的平地路径范围确定方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a path range on flat ground provided by another embodiment of the present application.
图5A所示为本申请一实施例提供的扇形的当前作业范围的示意图。FIG. 5A is a schematic diagram of the current working range of the sector provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图5B所示为本申请一实施例提供的圆形的当前作业范围的示意图。FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of a circular current working range provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6所示为本申请一实施例提供的平地路径规划方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for planning a path on flat ground provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图7所示为图6中202的一种实现方式。FIG. 7 shows an implementation of 202 in FIG. 6 .
图8所示为图7中202-1的一种实现方式。FIG. 8 shows an implementation of 202-1 in FIG. 7 .
图9所示为本申请一实施例提供的生成候选路径的场景示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a scenario for generating a candidate path according to an embodiment of the present application.
图10所示为本申请一实施例提供的圆弧候选路径的示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an arc candidate path according to an embodiment of the present application.
图11所示为图7中202-2的一种实现方式。FIG. 11 shows an implementation of 202-2 in FIG. 7 .
图12所示为本申请一实施例提供的处理候选路径的示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of processing candidate paths according to an embodiment of the present application.
图13示出了本申请一实施例提供的平地路径生成方法的流程示意图。FIG. 13 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for generating a flat path provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图14示出了本申请实施例提供的可靠边界的示例图。FIG. 14 shows an example diagram of a reliable boundary provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图15示出了本申请实施例提供的备用路径的示例图。FIG. 15 shows an example diagram of an alternate path provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图16所示为图13所示的平地路径生成方法中步骤S105的流程示意图。FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of step S105 in the method for generating a flat path shown in FIG. 13 .
图17所示为图16所示的步骤S105中子步骤S1053的流程示意图。FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of sub-step S1053 in step S105 shown in FIG. 16 .
图18示出了本申请实施例提供的离散作业区域的示例图。FIG. 18 shows an example diagram of a discrete work area provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图19所示为图16所示的步骤S105中子步骤S1054的流程示意图。FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of sub-step S1054 in step S105 shown in FIG. 16 .
图20示出了本申请实施例提供的离散作业区域的高度示例图。FIG. 20 shows an example diagram of the height of the discrete work area provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图21示出了本申请另一实施例提供的平地路径生成方法的流程示意图。FIG. 21 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for generating a flat path provided by another embodiment of the present application.
图22示出了本申请又一实施例提供的平地路径生成方法的流程示意图。FIG. 22 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for generating a flat path provided by another embodiment of the present application.
图23所示为本申请实施例所提供的作业设备控制单元的结构框图。FIG. 23 is a structural block diagram of a work equipment control unit provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图24所示为本申请实施例所提供的作业设备的结构框图。FIG. 24 shows a structural block diagram of the working equipment provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图25所示为本申请一实施例提供的脱离死区的路径规划方法的流程图。FIG. 25 shows a flowchart of a method for planning a path out of a dead zone provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图26所示为本申请实施例提供的脱离死区的路径规划方法的应用场景示意图一。FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram 1 of an application scenario of the path planning method for leaving the dead zone provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图27所示为本申请实施例提供的脱离死区的路径规划方法的应用场景示意图二。FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram 2 of an application scenario of the path planning method for leaving the dead zone provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图28所示为本申请实施例提供的脱离死区的路径规划方法的应用场景示意图三。FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram 3 of an application scenario of the path planning method for leaving the dead zone provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图29所示为本申请另一实施例提供的脱离死区的路径规划方法的流程图。FIG. 29 shows a flowchart of a method for planning a path out of a dead zone provided by another embodiment of the present application.
图30所示为本申请实施例提供的脱离死区的路径规划方法的应用场景示意图四。FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram 4 of an application scenario of the path planning method for leaving the dead zone provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图31所示为本申请实施例提供的脱离死区的路径规划方法的应用场景示意图五。FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram 5 of an application scenario of the path planning method for leaving the dead zone provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图32所示为图25所示方法的S220的具体流程图。FIG. 32 is a specific flowchart of S220 of the method shown in FIG. 25 .
图33所示为本申请实施例提供的脱离死区的路径规划方法的应用场景示意图六。FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram 6 of an application scenario of the path planning method for leaving the dead zone provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图34所示为本申请一实施例提供的路径范围确定装置的功能模块图。FIG. 34 is a functional block diagram of an apparatus for determining a path range provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图35所示为本申请一实施例提供的路径规划装置的功能模块图。FIG. 35 is a functional block diagram of a path planning apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图36所示为本申请一实施例提供的作业设备控制单元的结构框图。FIG. 36 is a structural block diagram of a work equipment control unit according to an embodiment of the present application.
实施本发明的方式MODES OF IMPLEMENTING THE INVENTION
为使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。通常在此处附图中描述和示出的本申请实施例的组件可以以各种不同的配置来布置和设计。In order to make the purposes, technical solutions and advantages of the embodiments of the present application clearer, the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described clearly and completely below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments It is a part of the embodiments of the present application, but not all of the embodiments. The components of the embodiments of the present application generally described and illustrated in the drawings herein may be arranged and designed in a variety of different configurations.
因此,以下对在附图中提供的本申请的实施例的详细描述并非旨在限制要求保护的本申请的范围,而是仅仅表示本申请的选定实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。Thus, the following detailed description of the embodiments of the application provided in the accompanying drawings is not intended to limit the scope of the application as claimed, but is merely representative of selected embodiments of the application. Based on the embodiments in the present application, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative work fall within the protection scope of the present application.
农田土地平整的主要目的是为了便于耕作、播种、灌溉、排水、施肥、打药及收获等作业,通过平整使得农田土地更适宜耕种,可改善农田表面的地形状况,提高农田灌溉效率与灌水均匀度,达到节水增产的效果。以往的平地过程中,平地作业者在驾驶平地设备(又称作业设备)进行平地工作之前,往往只能通过观察估测作业地块需要进行平整的区域,然后在估测出的区域规划平地路径,平地设备按照规划的路径开始在估测的固定范围区域内进行平地作业。The main purpose of farmland leveling is to facilitate operations such as farming, sowing, irrigation, drainage, fertilization, spraying and harvesting. Through leveling, the farmland land is more suitable for farming, which can improve the topography of the farmland surface and improve farmland irrigation efficiency and irrigation uniformity. , to achieve the effect of saving water and increasing production. In the previous leveling process, before driving the leveling equipment (also known as work equipment) for leveling work, the leveling operator often could only estimate the area that needs to be leveled by observation, and then plan the leveling path in the estimated area. , the leveling equipment starts to perform leveling operations within the estimated fixed range area according to the planned path.
然而,上述方式存在以下缺陷。一方面,平地作业者往往会因为缺乏经验,使得估测的固定范围区域的地块平整度可能已经达到平整要求,但平地作业者依然在该固定范围内执行平整作业,出现重平现象。另一方面,在固定范围以外的区域存在待平整区域,但平地作业者只在该固定范围内执行平整作业,出现漏平现象。由于存在重平或漏平的问题,使得平地设备在作业过程中可能一直处于做无用功的状态,降低了平地效率。However, the above method has the following drawbacks. On the one hand, due to lack of experience, the flatness of the land in the estimated fixed area may have reached the leveling requirements, but the leveling operator still performs the leveling operation within the fixed area, and the phenomenon of repeated leveling occurs. On the other hand, there is an area to be leveled outside the fixed range, but the leveling operator only performs the leveling operation within the fixed range, and the phenomenon of level leakage occurs. Due to the problem of heavy leveling or leakage leveling, the leveling equipment may be in a state of useless work all the time during the operation, which reduces the leveling efficiency.
为了解决上述技术问题,本申请实施例提出了一种平地路径范围确定方法(又称路径范围确定方法),该方法可以对平地设备的当前作业范围实时进行调整,当当前作业范围的地块平整度满足设定条件时,表明在当前作业范围不需要进行平整,降低了重平的风险,此时扩大当前作业范围,以使调整后的范围的地块平整度不满足设定条件,则认为调整后的当前作业范围内包含有待平整区域,将此时的当前作业范围作为目标作业范围,对目标作业范围进行平整作业时即可对该待平整区域进行平整,降低了漏平的风险。特别地,在调整的过程中,如果当前作业范围的地块平整度一直满足设定条件,则表明对整个目标作业地块不需进行平整,可以避免控制平地设备进入已满足地块平整度要求的地块的无用操作,有利于提高农事作业的效率。In order to solve the above technical problems, an embodiment of the present application proposes a method for determining a path range for leveling (also known as a method for determining a path range), which can adjust the current operating range of the leveling equipment in real time. When the degree of flatness meets the set conditions, it indicates that leveling is not required in the current operating range, which reduces the risk of re-leveling. At this time, the current operating range is expanded so that the flatness of the plots in the adjusted range does not meet the set conditions, and it is considered that The adjusted current operation range includes the area to be leveled, and the current operation area at this time is used as the target operation area. When the target operation area is leveled, the area to be leveled can be leveled, reducing the risk of leakage. In particular, during the adjustment process, if the flatness of the plot in the current operating range has always met the set conditions, it means that the entire target operating plot does not need to be flattened, and it can be avoided to control the entry of the leveling equipment to meet the flatness requirements of the plot. The useless operation of the land is conducive to improving the efficiency of agricultural operations.
为了方便理解本申请实施例提供的平地路径范围确定方法的实现过程,下面结合图1举例说明。图1所示为本申请一实施例提供的平地路径范围确定方法的示意性流程图。如图1所示,本申请实施例提供的平地路径范围确定方法包括如下步骤。In order to facilitate the understanding of the implementation process of the method for determining the range of a flat path provided by the embodiment of the present application, an example is described below with reference to FIG. 1 . FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a path range on flat ground provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , the method for determining a path range on flat ground provided by this embodiment of the present application includes the following steps.
104,在当前作业范围的地块平整度满足设定条件时,更新当前作业范围,以获得地块平整度不满足设定条件的目标作业范围。其中,该设定条件包括当前作业范围的地块平整度小于或等于目标作业地块的期望平整度。104. When the flatness of the plot in the current operating range meets the set condition, update the current operating range to obtain a target operating range whose flatness of the plot does not meet the set condition. Wherein, the setting condition includes that the flatness of the plot in the current operating range is less than or equal to the expected flatness of the target operating plot.
在本申请实施例中,地块平整度表征目标作业地块高低不平的程度,反映了目标作业地块地表的起伏变化,是优化和估测农田土地耕种质量的指标。为了实现土地平整效果,不同地块对地块平整度的要求不同,对此可以理解为,不同作业需求的地块的期望平整度可以不同。例如,需要进行灌溉的农田的地块平整度至少要达到3厘米,即土地的高低差不能超过3厘米;一些种植农作物的粗糙农地的地块平整度达到5厘米即可。由此可知,期望平整度可以依据作业需求设定,也可以根据实验设定。In the embodiment of the present application, the flatness of the plot represents the degree of unevenness of the target operation plot, reflects the fluctuation of the surface of the target operation plot, and is an index for optimizing and estimating the quality of farmland cultivation. In order to achieve the effect of land leveling, different plots have different requirements for the flatness of the plots, which can be understood as the expected flatness of the plots for different operation requirements can be different. For example, the flatness of the farmland that needs to be irrigated must be at least 3 cm, that is, the height difference of the land cannot exceed 3 cm; the flatness of some rough farmland for planting crops can reach 5 cm. It can be seen from this that the expected flatness can be set according to the operation requirements or according to the experiment.
另外,目标作业地块的平整度可以通过对无人机测绘的图像进行处理得到,也可以通过相关技术中能实现地形地块平整度获取的其他方式得到,本申请实施例对此不进行限定。In addition, the flatness of the target operation plot can be obtained by processing the images surveyed and mapped by the UAV, or obtained by other methods in the related art that can achieve the flatness of the terrain plot, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. .
在本申请实施例中,目标作业范围指的是,在当前作业范围更新的过程中获得的、包含了目标作业地块中至少一块待平整区域的范围。确定的目标作业范围可以用于规划平地路径;平地路径用于引导平地设备对目标作业范围内的待平整区域进行平整。In this embodiment of the present application, the target operation range refers to a range obtained during the process of updating the current operation range and including at least one area to be leveled in the target operation plot. The determined target operation range can be used to plan a leveling path; the leveling path is used to guide the leveling equipment to level the area to be leveled within the target operation range.
可以理解的是,当目标作业范围的地块平整度不满足设定条件,即目标作业范围的地块平整度大于期望平整度,表征目标作业范围内包含了待平整的区域,使得目标作业范围的地块平整度变差,此时说明扩大后的当前作业范围内的土地需要进行平整。It can be understood that when the flatness of the plot in the target operation area does not meet the set conditions, that is, the flatness of the plot in the target operation area is greater than the expected flatness, it indicates that the target operation area includes the area to be leveled, so that the target operation area is The flatness of the land becomes worse, which means that the land within the current scope of operation after expansion needs to be flattened.
在本申请实施例中,目标作业范围为未超出目标作业地块的范围。可以理解为,当前作业范围和目标作业范围均位于目标作业地块中。In the embodiment of the present application, the target operation scope is the scope that does not exceed the target operation plot. It can be understood that both the current operation scope and the target operation scope are located in the target operation plot.
由此,本申请为了降低对目标作业地块重平或漏平的风险,提高平地效率,首先根据目标作业地块的地块平整度对当前作业范围实时进行调整,当当前作业范围的地块平整度满足设定条件,表明在当前作业范围不需要进行平整,降低了重平的风险,此时扩大当前作业范围,以使调整后的范围的地 块平整度不满足设定条件,则认为调整后的当前作业范围内包含有待平整区域,将此时的当前作业范围作为目标作业范围,对目标作业范围进行平整作业时即可对该待平整区域进行平整,降低了漏平的风险。特别地,在调整的过程中,如果当前作业范围的地块平整度一直满足设定条件,则表明对整个目标作业地块不需进行平整,可以避免控制平地设备进入已满足地块平整度要求的地块的无用操作,有利于提高农事作业的效率。Therefore, in order to reduce the risk of re-leveling or leakage of the target operation plot and improve the efficiency of leveling, the present application firstly adjusts the current operation range in real time according to the plot flatness of the target operation plot. If the flatness satisfies the set conditions, it means that leveling is not required in the current operating range, which reduces the risk of re-leveling. At this time, the current operating range is expanded so that the flatness of the plots in the adjusted range does not meet the set conditions, then it is considered that The adjusted current operation range includes the area to be leveled, and the current operation area at this time is used as the target operation area. When the target operation area is leveled, the area to be leveled can be leveled, reducing the risk of leakage. In particular, during the adjustment process, if the flatness of the plot in the current operating range has always met the set conditions, it means that the entire target operating plot does not need to be flattened, and it can be avoided to control the entry of the leveling equipment to meet the flatness requirements of the plot. The useless operation of the land is conducive to improving the efficiency of agricultural operations.
基于上述描述可知,通过评估地块平整度可以确定出合理的目标作业范围,在目标作业范围内进行路径规划能够完成所需的待平整区域的土地平整。基于此,为了提高获得目标作业范围的准确度,使得确定的目标作业范围更加合理,下面给出一种根据地块平整度确定目标作业范围的实现方式,参见图2。图2所示为图1中104的一种实现方式。具体地,104包括下述步骤。Based on the above description, it can be seen that a reasonable target operation scope can be determined by evaluating the flatness of the plot, and the path planning within the target operation scope can complete the required land leveling in the area to be leveled. Based on this, in order to improve the accuracy of obtaining the target operating range and make the determined target operating range more reasonable, an implementation method for determining the target operating range according to the flatness of the plot is given below, see FIG. 2 . FIG. 2 shows an implementation of 104 in FIG. 1 . Specifically, 104 includes the following steps.
104-1,根据当前作业范围的地块高程信息和目标作业地块的平均高度值,确定当前作业范围的地块平整度。104-1, according to the parcel elevation information of the current operation range and the average height value of the target operation parcel, determine the flatness of the parcel in the current operation range.
在本申请实施例中,地块平整度表征的是目标作业地块高低不平的程度,反映了目标作业地块地表的高低差,因此可以根据当前作业范围的高程信息来确定当前作业范围的地块平整度。In the embodiment of the present application, the flatness of the plot represents the degree of unevenness of the target operation plot, and reflects the height difference of the target operation plot's surface. Therefore, the ground of the current operation scope can be determined according to the elevation information of the current operation scope. Block flatness.
当前作业范围对应的高程信息可以通过全球定位技术GPS(Global Positioning System,GPS)、数字地表模型DSM(Digital Surface Model,DSM)技术等任意一种技术得到,此处不作限定。The elevation information corresponding to the current operating range can be obtained by any technology such as global positioning technology GPS (Global Positioning System, GPS), digital surface model DSM (Digital Surface Model, DSM) technology, which is not limited here.
在得到当前作业范围对应的高程信息的过程中,可以将当前作业范围所在的目标作业地块对应的高程信息记录下来。对此可以理解为:可以先通过GPS技术、DSM技术或其他相关技术获取整个目标作业地块的高程信息,然后再基于平地设备的当前位置和转弯半径从目标作业地块中确定出当前作业范围,并从目标作业地块的高程信息中获取已经得到的当前作业范围对应的高程信息。In the process of obtaining the elevation information corresponding to the current operation scope, the elevation information corresponding to the target operation plot where the current operation scope is located may be recorded. This can be understood as: the elevation information of the entire target operation plot can be obtained through GPS technology, DSM technology or other related technologies, and then the current operation range can be determined from the target operation plot based on the current position and turning radius of the leveling equipment. , and obtain the obtained elevation information corresponding to the current operation range from the elevation information of the target operation plot.
那么,在后续对当前作业范围扩大的过程中,可以从目标作业地块的高程信息中得到扩大部分的区域对应的高程信息,进而方便后续对扩大后的当前作业范围的地块平整度的计算操作。Then, in the subsequent process of expanding the current operation range, the elevation information corresponding to the enlarged area can be obtained from the elevation information of the target operation plot, thereby facilitating the subsequent calculation of the flatness of the plot in the expanded current operation scope. operate.
104-2、当确定的当前作业范围的地块平整度满足设定条件时,对当前作业范围进行扩大,直至扩大所得的目标作业范围的地块平整度不满足设定条件;或者,当确定当前作业范围的地块平整度满足设定条件时,对当前作业范围进行平移,直至平移所得的目标作业范围的地块平整度不满足设定条件。104-2. When the determined land flatness of the current operation scope meets the set conditions, expand the current operation scope until the expanded target operation scope does not meet the set conditions; or, when it is determined When the flatness of the plot in the current operating range satisfies the set condition, the current operating range is translated until the flatness of the plot in the target operating range obtained by the translation does not meet the set condition.
也就是说,104-2可以理解为,当当前作业范围的地块平整度满足设定条件时,对当前作业范围进行扩大和/或平移,直至所得的目标作业范围的地块平整度不满足设定条件。That is to say, 104-2 can be understood as: when the flatness of the plot in the current operating range satisfies the set condition, the current operating range is expanded and/or shifted until the obtained flatness of the plot in the target operating range does not satisfy the set condition. Set conditions.
在一种可能的场景中,当前作业范围的地块平整度小于或等于期望平整度时,表征当前作业范围的土地已经不需要再进行平整了,可以继续扩大当前作业范围。当扩大后的当前作业范围对应的地块平整度大于期望平整度,表征扩大后的当前作业范围将地块中待平整的区域包含在内,使得扩大后的当前作业范围的地块平整度变差,即大于期望平整度,此时说明扩大后的当前作业范围内的土地需要进行平整。因此,可以在扩大后的当前作业范围(即得到的目标作业范围)内规划路径,并对待平整区域进行平整,使得平地作业达到预期的作业效果。In a possible scenario, when the flatness of the plot in the current operation scope is less than or equal to the expected flatness, the land representing the current operation scope no longer needs to be leveled, and the current operation scope can continue to be expanded. When the flatness of the plot corresponding to the enlarged current operating range is greater than the expected flatness, it means that the enlarged current operating range includes the area to be flattened in the plot, so that the flatness of the plot in the enlarged current operating range becomes Poor, that is, greater than the expected flatness, at this time, it means that the land within the expanded current operating range needs to be leveled. Therefore, a path can be planned within the expanded current operation range (ie, the obtained target operation range), and the area to be leveled can be leveled, so that the leveling operation can achieve the expected operation effect.
在另一种可能的场景中,当前作业范围的地块平整度小于或等于期望平整度时,为了获得目标作业范围,可以对当前作业范围进行平移,直至平移所得的目标作业范围的地块平整度不满足设定条件。在一种可能的实现方式中:可以以当前作业范围为中心点,划分成多个扇形区域,之后沿半径向外延伸的方向,平移预设距离,直至平移所得的目标作业范围的地块平整度不满足设定条件。In another possible scenario, when the flatness of the plot in the current operating range is less than or equal to the expected flatness, in order to obtain the target operating range, the current operating range can be translated until the land in the target operating range obtained by translation is flat. does not meet the set conditions. In a possible implementation: the current operating range can be divided into a plurality of fan-shaped areas with the center point of the current operating range, and then, along the direction extending outwards from the radius, translate a preset distance until the land of the target operating range obtained by translation is flat. does not meet the set conditions.
另外,如果扩大后的当前作业范围超出目标作业地块时,扩大后的当前作业范围的地块平整度仍满足设定条件,则表明整个目标作业地块不需进行平整,可以避免平地设备对已经满足地块平整度要求的地块进行无用作业。In addition, if the expanded current operation area exceeds the target operation area, and the flatness of the expanded current operation area still meets the set conditions, it means that the entire target operation area does not need to be leveled, which can avoid the need for leveling equipment to Useless work is carried out on the plots that have already met the requirements for the flatness of the plots.
为了提高获得的地块平整度的准确度,使得根据地块平整度确定的目标作业范围更加合理,下面给出一种根据高程信息获取地块平整度的可能的实现方式,参见图3。图3所示为本申请实施例提供的一种步骤104-1的实现方式的示意性流程图。即104-1包括下述步骤。In order to improve the accuracy of the obtained land flatness and make the target operation range determined according to the land flatness more reasonable, a possible implementation method of obtaining the land flatness according to the elevation information is given below, see Figure 3. FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of an implementation manner of step 104-1 provided by an embodiment of the present application. That is, 104-1 includes the following steps.
104-1-1、获取当前作业范围内多个采样位置的高程值(即多个采样位置各自的高程值)。104-1-1. Acquire the elevation values of multiple sampling locations within the current operating range (that is, the respective elevation values of multiple sampling locations).
在本申请实施例中,为了能够获得当前作业范围对应的多个采样位置各自的高程值,可以对当前作业范围进行预处理。例如,为了方便且较为准确地评价整个作业地块的地块平整度,可以预先获取包含当前作业范围的最小外围区域,然后在最小外围区域内随机确定多个测量位置并获得这多个测量位置各自的高程值,上述的最小外围区域可以是当前作业范围的外接四边形、外接弧形等任意一种。可选地,在实际的应用中,可采用最小外接矩形来确定最小外接区域,进而可以优化整个计算过程,节省计算时间。In the embodiment of the present application, in order to obtain the respective elevation values of the multiple sampling positions corresponding to the current operation area, the current operation area may be preprocessed. For example, in order to conveniently and accurately evaluate the land flatness of the entire operation plot, the minimum peripheral area including the current operation range can be obtained in advance, and then multiple measurement positions are randomly determined in the minimum peripheral area and obtained. For the respective elevation values, the above-mentioned minimum peripheral area can be any one of the circumscribed quadrilateral, circumscribed arc, etc. of the current operating range. Optionally, in practical applications, the minimum circumscribed rectangle may be used to determine the minimum circumscribed area, thereby optimizing the entire calculation process and saving calculation time.
由于初始区域的最小外围区域内除了包含当前作业范围内的地块平整度外,还包含部分在当前作业范围外的地块平整度,因此,在进行当前作业范围调整时,能够充分考虑到目标作业地块的其他区域的地块平整度情况,使得初始区域在扩大的过程中能够逐渐包含待平整区域,进而使得确定的目标作业范围更加合理。Since the minimum peripheral area of the initial area includes not only the flatness of the plots within the current operating range, but also part of the flatness of the plots outside the current operating range, the target can be fully considered when adjusting the current operating range. The flatness of other areas of the operation plot enables the initial area to gradually include the area to be flattened during the expansion process, thereby making the determined target operation range more reasonable.
104-1-2、根据多个采样位置的高程值和目标作业地块的平均高度值确定地块平整度。即,根据多 个采样位置各自的高程值和目标作业地块的平均高度值确定当前作业范围的地块平整度。104-1-2. Determine the flatness of the plot according to the elevation values of the multiple sampling locations and the average height value of the target operation plot. That is, the flatness of the plot in the current operating range is determined according to the respective elevation values of the multiple sampling locations and the average height value of the target operating plot.
例如,假设随机获取了M个测量位置,测量得到这M个测量位置对应的高程值可以表示为h j,j=1,2,3.....M,h j表征的是第j个测量位置对应的高程值。其中,整个地块的基准高度(如平均高度值)为H,则当前作业范围对应的地块平整度可以采用诸如平均地块平整度,或最差地块平整度等方式计算。例如,在实例的场景中,当用户期望评估目标作业地块的整体平整效果,可以计算平均地块平整度;当用户期望评估目标作业地块中地块平整度的最差效果,则可以计算最差地块平整度。 For example, assuming that M measurement positions are randomly obtained, the elevation values corresponding to these M measurement positions can be expressed as h j , j=1, 2, 3...M, and h j represents the jth The elevation value corresponding to the measurement location. Wherein, the reference height (such as the average height value) of the entire plot is H, and the flatness of the plot corresponding to the current operation range can be calculated by methods such as the average flatness of the plot, or the flatness of the worst plot. For example, in the scenario of the example, when the user expects to evaluate the overall leveling effect of the target operation plot, the average parcel levelness can be calculated; when the user expects to evaluate the worst effect of the parcel leveling among the target operation parcels, it can be calculated Worst plot flatness.
平均地块平整度的计算公式可以如下关系式所示。The formula for calculating the average land flatness can be shown in the following relation.
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000001
最差地块平整度的计算公式可以如下关系式所示。The calculation formula of the worst land flatness can be shown in the following relation.
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000002
其中,M表征的是测量位置的个数,MH表征的是最差地块平整度或者是平均地块平整度,h j表征的是第j个测量位置对应的高程值,H表征的是目标作业地块的平均高度值。 Among them, M represents the number of measurement locations, MH represents the worst land flatness or average land flatness, h j represents the elevation value corresponding to the jth measurement location, and H represents the target The average height value of the job plot.
通过上述过程可以准确获得当前作业范围的地块平整度,进而可以根据当前作业范围的地块平整度调整当前作业范围,使得调整后的目标作业范围对应的地块平整度逐渐大于目标作业地块的期望平整度,即使调整后的目标作业范围包含目标作业地块中待平整的区域。平地设备进而可以在目标作业范围内完成待平整区域的平整作业,使得目标作业地块满足期望平整度要求。Through the above process, the flatness of the plot in the current operating range can be accurately obtained, and then the current operating range can be adjusted according to the flatness of the plot in the current operating range, so that the flatness of the plot corresponding to the adjusted target operating range is gradually larger than the target operating plot. The desired leveling even if the adjusted target work area includes the area to be leveled in the target work lot. The leveling equipment can then complete the leveling operation of the area to be leveled within the target operation range, so that the target operation plot can meet the desired leveling requirements.
可选地,在一些可能的实施例中,上述实施例中的当前作业范围可以为平地设备在当次作业中开始作业时的初始作业范围,或者为平地设备在当次作业中的初始作业范围经过更新处理后的目标作业范围。其中,当前作业范围的形状可以为多边形、圆形和扇形中的一种。为了能够使用统一的更新规则实现对当前作业范围的调整,可以根据当前作业范围的形状确定用来度量当前作业范围的范围参数。下面在当前作业范围为初始作业范围时,给出一种可能的确定当前作业范围的范围参数的实现方式。可以理解为给出了一种获取初始作业范围的方式,参见图4。图4所示为本申请另一实施例提供的平地路径范围确定方法的示意性流程图,该方法包括如下步骤。Optionally, in some possible embodiments, the current working range in the above-mentioned embodiment may be the initial working range of the leveling equipment when the current operation starts, or the initial working range of the leveling equipment in the current operation. The target job scope after update processing. Wherein, the shape of the current working range can be one of polygon, circle and sector. In order to be able to use a unified update rule to adjust the current job scope, a scope parameter used to measure the current job scope can be determined according to the shape of the current job scope. When the current job scope is the initial job scope, a possible implementation manner of determining the scope parameter of the current job scope is given below. It can be understood that a way to obtain the initial operating range is given, see FIG. 4 . FIG. 4 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a flat path range provided by another embodiment of the present application, and the method includes the following steps.
101、根据平地设备的当前位置和平地设备的转弯半径确定当前作业范围的范围参数。101. Determine the range parameter of the current working range according to the current position of the leveling equipment and the turning radius of the leveling equipment.
其中,当当前作业范围的形状为多边形,该范围参数包括最小长度和最小宽度,或者该范围参数包括初始作业范围的最小内切圆半径。最小长度和作业最小宽度(又称最小宽度)均大于或等于平地设备的转弯直径,最小内切圆半径大于或等于平地设备的转弯直径。Wherein, when the shape of the current operation scope is a polygon, the scope parameter includes the minimum length and the minimum width, or the scope parameter includes the minimum inscribed circle radius of the initial operation scope. The minimum length and the minimum working width (also known as the minimum width) are both greater than or equal to the turning diameter of the leveling equipment, and the minimum inscribed circle radius is greater than or equal to the turning diameter of the leveling equipment.
当当前作业范围的形状为圆形或扇形,范围参数包括半径,该半径大于或等于平地设备的转弯直径。When the shape of the current operating range is a circle or a sector, the range parameter includes a radius, which is greater than or equal to the turning diameter of the grade equipment.
由此,通过所述步骤101,可以不依赖于用户的操作,直接基于平地设备的当前位置、转弯半径去确定初始作业范围,以使得到的初始作业范围能满足平地设备灵活折行的需求。Thus, through the step 101, the initial operating range can be determined directly based on the current position and turning radius of the leveling equipment, independent of the user's operation, so that the obtained initial operating range can meet the requirements of flexible folding of the leveling equipment.
在一些实施例中,初始作业范围可以是平地工作者根据实际的作业场景,在规划平地路径之前,在目标作业地块中随机估测的一个当前作业范围,但是,由于某些平地工作者有可能不了解初始作业范围与平地设备的设备参数之间的关系,从而导致估测出来的初始作业范围过小,不能满足平地设备灵活折行的需求。因此,为至少解决这一技术问题,在一些实施例中,执行本申请实施例的平地路径范围确定方法的计算设备还可以基于平地设备的设备参数对平地作业者估测出来的初始作业范围进行自动调整。其中,设备参数可以包括但不限于:平地设备的当前位置和平地设备的转弯半径。相应地,基于平地设备的设备参数对平地作业者估测出来的初始作业范围进行自动调整,包括:根据平地设备的转弯半径、或当前位置和转弯半径调整初始作业范围,以使最终得到的初始作业范围能满足平地设备灵活折行的需求。In some embodiments, the initial work range may be a current work range randomly estimated by the graders in the target work plot before planning the grader path according to the actual work scenario. However, because some graders have The relationship between the initial operating range and the equipment parameters of the leveling equipment may not be understood, so that the estimated initial operating range is too small to meet the flexible folding requirements of the leveling equipment. Therefore, in order to at least solve this technical problem, in some embodiments, the computing device that executes the method for determining the range of a leveling path in the embodiments of the present application may also perform a calculation on the initial working range estimated by the leveling operator based on the equipment parameters of the leveling equipment. auto-adjust. The equipment parameters may include, but are not limited to, the current position of the leveling equipment and the turning radius of the leveling equipment. Correspondingly, based on the equipment parameters of the leveling equipment, the initial operating range estimated by the leveling operator is automatically adjusted, including: adjusting the initial operating range according to the turning radius of the leveling equipment, or the current position and turning radius, so that the final initial operating range is obtained. The working range can meet the needs of flexible folding of the leveling equipment.
由上述可知,通过人为估测得到的初始作业范围有可能不能满足平地设备灵活折行的需求,因此,为实现首次确定得到的初始作业范围就能够满足平地设备灵活折行的需求,在本申请实施例中,通过步骤101,初始作业范围可以不由平地工作者进行确定,而是由执行本申请实施例平地路径范围确定方法的计算设备自动确定,无需依赖人为操作,避免人工估测引起的初始作业范围确定不准确,无法满足平地设备灵活作业的现象发生。It can be seen from the above that the initial operating range obtained by human estimation may not meet the requirements for flexible folding of the leveling equipment. Therefore, in order to realize the initial operating range determined for the first time, the requirements for flexible folding of the leveling equipment can be satisfied. In the embodiment, through step 101, the initial operating range may not be determined by the leveling worker, but automatically determined by the computing device that executes the method for determining the leveling path range in the embodiment of the present application, without relying on human operation, and avoiding the initial operation caused by manual estimation. The determination of the working range is not accurate, and the phenomenon that the flexible operation of the leveling equipment cannot be satisfied occurs.
在一些可能的实施例中,平地设备在目标作业地块作业时,往往希望能够灵活折返以完成整个地块的平整,因此,为了能够在当前作业范围中规划出可以满足平地设备灵活折行的路径,对于形状为多边形的当前作业范围,其最小宽度和最小长度均可以设置为大于或等于平地设备的最小转弯直径;而对于形状为圆形或扇形的当前作业范围,其范围参数可以为半径,且为了保证平地设备在扇形或者圆形范围内能够灵活折返,该半径可以设置为大于或等于平地设备的最小转弯直径。假设平地设备最 小转弯半径估值为TR,则半径r≥2TR。此外,对于形状为扇形的当前作业范围,当前作业范围的范围参数还可以包括圆心角度,一般而言,圆心角度可以是小于或等于360度的正整数度数。In some possible embodiments, when the leveling equipment operates on the target operation plot, it is often desirable to be able to flexibly turn back to complete the leveling of the entire plot. Therefore, in order to be able to plan the leveling equipment in the current operating scope, the flexible folding mechanism can be planned. For the path, for the current working range in the shape of a polygon, its minimum width and minimum length can be set to be greater than or equal to the minimum turning diameter of the grade equipment; and for the current working range in the shape of a circle or a sector, its range parameter can be a radius , and in order to ensure that the leveling equipment can be flexibly turned back within a fan-shaped or circular range, the radius can be set to be greater than or equal to the minimum turning diameter of the leveling equipment. Assuming that the minimum turning radius of the ground equipment is estimated to be TR, the radius r≥2TR. In addition, for the current working range in the shape of a sector, the range parameter of the current working range may further include the center angle. Generally speaking, the center angle may be a positive integer less than or equal to 360 degrees.
上述中的转弯半径可以是平地设备的最小转弯半径。The turning radius in the above may be the minimum turning radius of the grade equipment.
可选地,在实际的平地场景中,可以根据不同平地设备的工作性质规划不同形状的当前作业范围。下面结合实际作业场景,介绍两种场景的当前作业范围调整方案。Optionally, in an actual leveling scene, different shapes of current working ranges can be planned according to the working properties of different leveling equipment. Combined with the actual operation scenarios, the current operation range adjustment schemes for the two scenarios are introduced below.
场景一scene one
请参见图5A,图5A所示为本申请一实施例提供的扇形的当前作业范围的示意图。在当前作业范围的形状为扇形时,作业范围的范围参数除了包含半径外,还包括圆心角,该圆心角为小于360度的正整数度数。基于此,下面给出一种通过扩大当前作业范围以更新得到目标作业范围的方式,即步骤104-2的一种可能的方式包括如下步骤。Please refer to FIG. 5A . FIG. 5A is a schematic diagram of the current operating range of the sector provided by an embodiment of the present application. When the shape of the current work range is a sector, the range parameter of the work range not only includes the radius, but also includes the central angle, where the central angle is a positive integer less than 360 degrees. Based on this, a method for updating the target operation scope by expanding the current operation scope is given below, that is, a possible method of step 104-2 includes the following steps.
104-2a、按照预设规则对当前作业范围的半径和圆心角进行扩大。104-2a. Expand the radius and central angle of the current operating range according to preset rules.
在本申请实施例中,预设规则可以是加法规则、乘法规则、指数规则中的其中一种或至少两种的组合。下面分别以在加法规则、乘法规则、指数规则中择一应用为示例,介绍对扇形作业范围的调整方式。In this embodiment of the present application, the preset rule may be one of an addition rule, a multiplication rule, and an exponential rule, or a combination of at least two of them. The following takes the application of one of the addition rule, the multiplication rule, and the exponential rule as an example to introduce the adjustment method of the sector operation range.
例如,设扇形的当前作业范围的圆心角度为θ(0<θ<2π),半径长度为r,期望平整度为H *,扇形的当前作业范围对应的地块平整度为MH,更新得到的目标作业范围的半径为r *For example, suppose that the center angle of the current operating range of the sector is θ (0<θ<2π), the length of the radius is r, the expected flatness is H * , the flatness of the plot corresponding to the current operating range of the sector is MH, and the updated The radius of the target operating range is r * .
加法规则:设Δr为半径增量值,Δr>0,Δr大于或等于平地设备的铲的宽度,扇形的当前作业范围的半径可以按照如下关系式进行扩大。Addition rule: Let Δr be the incremental value of the radius, Δr>0, Δr is greater than or equal to the width of the shovel of the leveling equipment, the radius of the current working range of the sector can be expanded according to the following relationship.
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000003
乘法规则:设l为半径增量值,l>1,扇形的当前作业范围的半径可以按照如下关系式进行扩大。Multiplication rule: let l be the incremental value of the radius, l>1, the radius of the current working range of the sector can be expanded according to the following relational formula.
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000004
指数规则:设s为半径增量值,s>1,扇形的当前作业范围的半径长度可以按照如下关系式进行扩大。Exponential rule: Let s be the incremental value of the radius, s>1, the radius length of the current operating range of the sector can be expanded according to the following relational formula.
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000005
在扩大半径的同时,圆心角度也可以适当增大,例如可以按照如下关系式扩大角度,其中θ *为更新后的圆弧角值,
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000006
为设定上界。
While expanding the radius, the center angle can also be appropriately increased. For example, the angle can be expanded according to the following relationship, where θ * is the updated arc angle value,
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000006
to set an upper bound.
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000007
当扇形的当前作业范围的半径长度不再变化时,则可根据确定后的半径长度和圆心角度确定目标作业范围。其中,扇形的当前作业范围的半径不再发生变化的状态可以由以下事件触发:扩大后的扇形的当前作业范围对应的地块平整度大于期望平整度,此时表明扩大后的当前作业范围内的地块平整度变差,范围内部包含待平整区域,因此,此时可以触发扇形的当前作业范围的半径不再发生变化。When the radius length of the current working range of the sector does not change any more, the target working range can be determined according to the determined radius length and the center angle. The state that the radius of the current operating range of the sector does not change can be triggered by the following event: the flatness of the plot corresponding to the current operating range of the enlarged sector is greater than the expected flatness, which indicates that the enlarged current operating range is within the The flatness of the land becomes worse, and the area includes the area to be flattened. Therefore, the radius of the current operating area that can trigger the sector will no longer change.
场景二scene two
请参见图5B,图5B所示为本申请一实施例提供的圆形的当前作业范围的示意图。在当前作业范围的形状为圆形时,当前作业范围的范围参数包含半径。基于此,下面给出一种扩大当前作业范围的实现方式,即步骤104-2的另一种可能的方式包括如下步骤。Please refer to FIG. 5B . FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of a circular current working range provided by an embodiment of the present application. When the shape of the current work range is a circle, the range parameter of the current work range contains the radius. Based on this, an implementation manner of expanding the scope of the current operation is given below, that is, another possible manner of step 104-2 includes the following steps.
104-2b、按照预设规则对当前作业范围的半径进行扩大。104-2b. Expand the radius of the current operating range according to a preset rule.
当当前作业范围为圆形时,可知圆心角度为固定值θ(θ=2π),此时可以按照场景一中的加法规则或者乘法规则或者指数规则扩大半径,此时无需对圆心角度进行调整,当圆形当前作业范围的半径长度不再变化时,则可根据确定后的半径长度和圆心角度确定目标作业范围。其中,圆形当前作业范围的半径长度不再发生变化的状态可以由以下事件触发:扩大后的圆形的当前作业范围对应的地块平整度大于期望平整度。When the current operating range is a circle, it can be known that the center angle is a fixed value θ (θ=2π). At this time, the radius can be expanded according to the addition rule, multiplication rule or exponential rule in scene 1. At this time, there is no need to adjust the center angle. When the radius length of the current working range of the circle no longer changes, the target working range can be determined according to the determined radius length and the center angle of the circle. Wherein, the state that the radius length of the current working range of the circle no longer changes may be triggered by the following event: the flatness of the plot corresponding to the current working range of the enlarged circle is greater than the expected smoothness.
上述的加法规则、乘法规则以及指数规则仅仅是本申请实施例用来进行示例的实现方式,其主要 作用是用来调整半径长度,使得调整后的半径长度对应的当前作业范围的地块平整度大于目标作业地块的期望平整度,以获得一个可以让平地设备进行平地作业的目标作业范围。The above addition rule, multiplication rule and exponent rule are only the implementation manners used for example in the embodiments of the present application, and their main function is to adjust the radius length, so that the adjusted radius length corresponds to the land flatness of the current operating range. Greater than the desired flatness of the target work plot to obtain a target work area that can be graded by the grading equipment.
通过上述描述可知,本申请可以实时调整平地路径范围,使得获得的范围区域内包含至少一块待平整区域,如此一来,平地工作者在实时调整后的范围内进行路径规划后,平地设备可以按照规划的路径对待平整区域进行平整,降低了漏平或者重平的风险,避免平地设备在不需要进行平整的区域内做无用功的情况,同时能够避免出现重平或漏平的现象,提高了平地作业效率。It can be seen from the above description that the present application can adjust the path range of leveling in real time, so that the obtained range area includes at least one area to be leveled. In this way, after the leveling worker performs path planning within the real-time adjusted range, the leveling equipment can follow the The planned path is leveled in the area to be leveled, which reduces the risk of leaking or re-leveling, avoids the situation where the leveling equipment does useless work in the area that does not need to be leveled, and at the same time can avoid the phenomenon of double-leveling or leaking, which improves the leveling performance. work efficiency.
基于上述实施例可知,基于本申请实施例提供的平地路径范围确定方法可以确定出不满足设定条件的目标作业范围。基于此,在确定好的目标作业范围内规划平地路径,可以降低重平或漏平的风险。因此,本申请实施例基于确定的目标作业范围,提供了一种平地路径规划方法(又称路径规划方法),用以提高平地效率,保证平地铲不空载、满载,降低平地设备的能耗,实现精准平地的目的。Based on the foregoing embodiments, it can be known that, based on the method for determining a path range on flat ground provided by the embodiments of the present application, a target operation range that does not meet the set conditions can be determined. Based on this, planning the leveling path within the determined target operation range can reduce the risk of double leveling or missing leveling. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application provide a leveling path planning method (also known as a path planning method) based on the determined target operating range, so as to improve the leveling efficiency, ensure that the leveling shovel is not empty or fully loaded, and reduce the energy consumption of the leveling equipment , to achieve the purpose of precise leveling.
请参见图6,图6所示为本申请一实施例提供的平地路径规划方法的示意性流程图。具体地,本申请实施例提供的平地路径规划方法包括如下步骤。Please refer to FIG. 6. FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for planning a path on flat ground provided by an embodiment of the present application. Specifically, the flat ground path planning method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the following steps.
201、根据目标作业地块的地块平整度确定目标作业范围。201. Determine the target operation range according to the land flatness of the target operation land.
在本申请实施例中,目标作业范围可以为包含有目标作业地块中至少一待平整区域的范围,目标作业范围的地块平整度不满足设定条件。该设定条件包括目标作业范围的地块平整度小于或等于目标作业地块的期望平整度。In the embodiment of the present application, the target operation range may be a range including at least one area to be leveled in the target operation plot, and the flatness of the plot in the target operation range does not meet the set condition. The setting condition includes that the flatness of the land in the target operation area is less than or equal to the expected flatness of the target operation land.
202、确定目标作业范围内的目标平地路径,该平地路径(又称目标平地路径)用于引导平整设备在目标作业范围内进行平整作业。202. Determine a target leveling path within the target operation range, where the leveling path (also called a target leveling path) is used to guide the leveling equipment to perform leveling operations within the target operation range.
本申请实施例提供的平地路径规划方法在目标作业地块中确定一个包含待平整区域的目标作业范围,进而在该目标作业范围内,根据平地设备的作业信息和目标作业地块的平均高度值作为确定目标平地路径的参考指标,以确定目标平地路径。这样可以降低漏平或重平的风险。The leveling path planning method provided by the embodiment of the present application determines a target operation range including the area to be leveled in the target operation plot, and then within the target operation range, according to the operation information of the leveling equipment and the average height value of the target operation plot As a reference index to determine the target flat path, to determine the target flat path. This reduces the risk of leaking or re-leveling.
可选地,在一些可能的实施方式中,目标作业范围可以通过本申请上述任一实施例提供的平地路径范围确定方法获得,以便降低重平或漏平的风险,避免平地设备在不需要进行平整的范围区域内做无用功,提高平地作业效率。Optionally, in some possible implementation manners, the target operating range can be obtained by the method for determining the range of a leveling path provided in any of the above embodiments of the present application, so as to reduce the risk of re-leveling or leakage and avoid the need for leveling equipment to perform Do useless work in a flat area to improve the efficiency of leveling operations.
可选地,在规划路径的过程中,由于用户预先并不知道待平整区域所在位置,因此需要多次往返运动才能将待平整区域平整,这势必会降低平地效率。同时,在平地过程中,由于平地作业者无法预知每次作业过程中平地铲的载土量,因此需要不断调头查看平地铲的铲土量来防止平地铲出现长时间超载或空载,增加了劳作强度和成本。因此,为了解决上述技术问题,下面给出一种确定目标平地路径的实现方式,参见图7。图7所示为本申请实施例提供的步骤202的实现方式的示意性流程图,即步骤202可以包括如下步骤。Optionally, in the process of planning a path, since the user does not know the location of the area to be leveled in advance, multiple round-trip movements are required to level the area to be leveled, which will inevitably reduce the leveling efficiency. At the same time, in the process of leveling, since the leveling operator cannot predict the amount of soil loaded by the leveling shovel during each operation, it is necessary to constantly turn around to check the amount of soil shoveled by the leveling shovel to prevent the leveling shovel from being overloaded or unloaded for a long time, increasing the labor intensity and cost. Therefore, in order to solve the above-mentioned technical problem, an implementation manner of determining the target flat path is given below, referring to FIG. 7 . FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of an implementation manner of step 202 provided in this embodiment of the present application, that is, step 202 may include the following steps.
202-1、在目标作业范围内,根据平地设备的当前位置和当前方向生成多条候选路径。202-1. Within the target operation range, generate multiple candidate paths according to the current position and current direction of the leveling equipment.
示例性地,候选路径的路径方向和平地设备的当前方向一致。Exemplarily, the path direction of the candidate path is consistent with the current direction of the ground equipment.
在一些目标作业范围的形状为扇形或圆形的实施例中,目标作业范围的范围参数可以包括半径长度和圆心角度。则生成候选路径的方式可以是:以平地设备的当前位置为路径起点,以半径长度为路径长度确定多个路径终点,路径起点和任一路径终点之间的路径可以为候选路径。生成候选路径的方式还可以是,以平地设备的当前位置为路径起点,将目标作业范围的圆心角度均分,在每一个均分后的角度对应的区域内随机获得采样点,使得采样点位置与当前位置之间的间距为半径长度。另外,还可以根据实际需求以其他方式生成候选路径,此处不再赘述。In some embodiments where the shape of the target working range is a sector or a circle, the range parameters of the target working range may include a radius length and a center angle. The method of generating the candidate path may be: taking the current position of the leveling equipment as the path starting point, and using the radius length as the path length to determine multiple path ending points, and the path between the path starting point and any path ending point can be a candidate path. The way to generate a candidate path can also be to take the current position of the leveling equipment as the starting point of the path, divide the center angle of the target operation range equally, and randomly obtain sampling points in the area corresponding to each equally divided angle, so that the sampling point position The distance from the current position is the radius length. In addition, candidate paths may also be generated in other manners according to actual requirements, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请实施例中,生成的候选路径可以用圆弧来描述,也可以用约束转弯半径的B样条曲线(B-spline curve)来描述,B样条曲线是在数学的子学科数值分析里的一种特殊的表示形式,能够准确描述候选路径中各个点的位置。In this embodiment of the present application, the generated candidate paths can be described by circular arcs or by B-spline curves that constrain the turning radius. B-spline curves are a sub-discipline of numerical analysis in mathematics. A special representation in , which can accurately describe the position of each point in the candidate path.
202-2、根据目标作业地块的平均高度值和平地设备的载荷信息计算多条候选路径各自对应的工作效率。202-2. Calculate the work efficiency corresponding to each of the multiple candidate paths according to the average height value of the target operation plot and the load information of the leveling equipment.
在一些可能的实施例中,平地设备的载荷信息指的是平地设备作业时,平地铲内的挖填土方量,平地设备的载荷信息可以包括平地铲的理论承载土方量和实际承载土方量。平地设备按照不同候选路径进行移动时可能会对其中的一个或多个待平整区域进行平整,使得候选路径对应的地块的高程发生改变,因此,候选路径上的高程变化量越大,表征平地设备所需进行的平整工作越多,这样也可以在一定程度上表明平地设备按照该条候选路径移动时的工作效率较高。In some possible embodiments, the load information of the leveling equipment refers to the amount of excavated and filled earth in the leveling shovel when the leveling equipment is in operation, and the load information of the leveling equipment may include the theoretical and actual earthwork carried by the leveling shovel. . When the leveling equipment moves according to different candidate paths, one or more of the areas to be leveled may be leveled, so that the elevation of the plot corresponding to the candidate path changes. Therefore, the greater the elevation change on the candidate path, the higher the level. The more leveling work the equipment needs to do, to a certain extent, it can also indicate that the leveling equipment is more efficient when moving along the candidate path.
上述过程可以这样理解:在一个例子中,如果平地设备的当前作业位置的高程值比平均高度值大,表明该当前作业位置需要进行平整,需要将当前作业位置的土挖进平地铲内,以使当前位置的高程值与平均高度值近似一致。在将土挖进平地铲之前,还需要考虑平地铲的承载能力,因此,可以计算平地铲内当前承载的土方量和平地铲理论承载量之间的差值。如果该差值大于或等于当前作业位置需要被挖出的土方量,则可以将当前作业位置的全部需要挖出的土挖进平地铲内,如果该差值小于当前作业位置需要被挖出的土方量,那么就在当前作业位置挖出与该差值一致的土方量。可以理解为,在当 前作业位置需要填土的情形中,判断平地铲当前实际承载的土方量是否足够填当前作业位置,以使当前作业位置的高程值与平均高度值一致,做法是:计算出当前作业位置需要被填充的土方量,如果需要被填充的土方量大于或等于平地铲当前实际承载的土方量,就将当前实际承载的土方量全部填在当前作业位置,如果需要被填充的土方量小于平地铲当前实际承载的土方量,就将当前实际承载的土方量中与需要被填充的土方量一致的部分填在当前作业位置。上述方式一方面能够保证平地铲不空载、满载,降低平地设备的能耗。另一方面,平地设备能够根据当前位置的高程信息确定平整方式,实现精准平地的目的。The above process can be understood as follows: in an example, if the elevation value of the current working position of the leveling equipment is larger than the average height value, it indicates that the current working position needs to be leveled, and the soil at the current working position needs to be dug into the leveling shovel to avoid the Makes the current location's elevation value approximately match the average elevation value. Before digging soil into the shovel, the bearing capacity of the shovel also needs to be considered, so the difference between the amount of earth currently carried in the shovel and the theoretical capacity of the shovel can be calculated. If the difference is greater than or equal to the amount of earth that needs to be excavated at the current working position, all the soil that needs to be excavated at the current working position can be dug into the leveling shovel. The amount of earthwork is excavated at the current working position and the amount of earthwork that is consistent with the difference. It can be understood that in the situation that the current working position needs to be filled with soil, it is judged whether the actual amount of earthwork currently carried by the shovel is enough to fill the current working position, so that the elevation value of the current working position is consistent with the average height value. The method is: calculate The amount of earthwork that needs to be filled at the current working position. If the amount of earthwork to be filled is greater than or equal to the actual amount of earthwork currently carried by the shovel, fill all the earthwork actually carried in the current working position. If the amount of earthwork is less than the amount of earthwork actually carried by the shovel, the part of the amount of earthwork actually carried by the shovel that is consistent with the amount of earthwork that needs to be filled will be filled in the current working position. On the one hand, the above method can ensure that the leveling shovel is not empty or fully loaded, thereby reducing the energy consumption of the leveling equipment. On the other hand, the leveling equipment can determine the leveling method according to the elevation information of the current position, so as to achieve the purpose of precise leveling.
202-3、基于多条候选路径各自对应的工作效率确定目标平地路径。202-3. Determine a target flat ground path based on the respective corresponding work efficiencies of the multiple candidate paths.
在本申请实施例中,上述的工作效率表征平地设备按照候选路径移动时的高程变化量。当平地设备从候选路径的起点移动到平地设备的终点时,地形的高程变化量不同,高程变化量越大,表征平地设备所做的平整工作越多,平整的区域越多,同时能够说明平地设备按照该条候选路径移动时的工作效率越高。In the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned work efficiency represents the amount of elevation change when the leveling equipment moves according to the candidate path. When the leveling equipment moves from the starting point of the candidate path to the end point of the leveling equipment, the elevation change of the terrain is different. The device works more efficiently when moving along this candidate path.
基于上述描述可知,可以通过不同的实现方式生成候选路径。为此,下面给出一种可能的实现方式,参见图8。图8为本申请实施例提供的步骤202-1的实现方式的示意性流程图,即步骤202-1的一种可能的实现方式可以包括如下步骤。Based on the above description, it can be known that candidate paths can be generated through different implementations. To this end, a possible implementation is given below, referring to FIG. 8 . FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of an implementation manner of step 202-1 according to an embodiment of the present application, that is, a possible implementation manner of step 202-1 may include the following steps.
202-1-1、获取目标作业范围的多个边界点的位置(即多个边界点各自的位置)。202-1-1. Acquire the positions of multiple boundary points in the target operation range (ie, the respective positions of the multiple boundary points).
在本申请实施例中,为了能够获得相对完整的平地路径,任意一个边界位置与平地设备的当前位置之间的直线间距等于目标作业范围的长度。如此一来,边界点相当位于目标作业范围中与平地设备当前位置相距较远的边界上,这样还可以方便计算边界点的位置。由于平地设备的平地铲具有一定的宽度值,因此,为了防止生成的候选路径过于密集而导致平地铲的工作区域交叠,本申请实施例中的任意相邻两个边界点位置之间的间距可以大于或等于平地设备的平地铲宽度,以防止出现候选路径过于密集的现象。比如,可以等间距获取边界点,也可以不等间距获得边界点,此处不作限定。In this embodiment of the present application, in order to obtain a relatively complete leveling path, the linear distance between any boundary position and the current position of the leveling equipment is equal to the length of the target operating range. In this way, the boundary point is quite located on the boundary that is far away from the current position of the leveling equipment in the target operation range, which can also facilitate the calculation of the position of the boundary point. Since the leveling shovel of the leveling equipment has a certain width value, in order to prevent the generated candidate paths from being too dense and causing the working areas of the leveling shovel to overlap, the distance between any two adjacent boundary point positions in this embodiment of the present application Can be greater than or equal to the grading blade width of the grading equipment to prevent too dense candidate paths. For example, the boundary points may be obtained at equal intervals, or the boundary points may be obtained at unequal intervals, which is not limited here.
202-1-2、根据平地设备的当前位置和多个边界点的位置生成多条候选路径。202-1-2. Generate multiple candidate paths according to the current position of the leveling device and the positions of multiple boundary points.
为了方便理解上述确定目标平地路径的过程,下面以目标作业范围为扇形为例详细描述上述生成候选路径的过程。In order to facilitate the understanding of the above-mentioned process of determining the target flat ground path, the following describes the above-mentioned process of generating a candidate path in detail by taking the target working range as a sector as an example.
首先参见图9,图9所示为本申请一实施例提供的生成候选路径的场景示意图。为了方便描述,本申请实施例给定扇形圆心角度θ的大小为0<θ<π,扇形半径大小为r。其中,r≥2TR>0,TR为平地机的最小转弯半径。获取采样点的方式可以等间距获取,也可以不等间距获取,此处不作限定,但需要保证各个采样点之间的最小间距为间距阈值Δs。为了防止生成的候选路径过于密集,Δs一般为平地机铲的宽度值。TR为平地机的最小转弯半径。Referring first to FIG. 9 , FIG. 9 shows a schematic diagram of a scenario for generating a candidate path according to an embodiment of the present application. For convenience of description, in the embodiment of the present application, the size of the central angle θ of the sector is 0<θ<π, and the size of the radius of the sector is r. Among them, r≥2TR>0, TR is the minimum turning radius of the grader. The method of acquiring sampling points can be acquired at equal intervals or at unequal intervals, which is not limited here, but it is necessary to ensure that the minimum distance between each sampling point is the distance threshold Δs. In order to prevent the generated candidate paths from being too dense, Δs is generally the width of the grader shovel. TR is the minimum turning radius of the grader.
继续参见图9,用户获得各个边界点之后,可以根据扇形的半径长度、圆心角度以及扇形几何关系计算各个采样点的位置。假设存在n个边界点,相邻两个边界点之间的间距Δs i,i=0,1,...n-1,相邻两个边界点之间对应的圆弧角度可以表示为Δθ i,i=0,1,...n-1,假设各个边界点不是等间距采集,那么计算各个边界点的位置可以通过以下方式实现。 Continuing to refer to FIG. 9 , after obtaining each boundary point, the user can calculate the position of each sampling point according to the radius length of the sector, the angle of the center of the circle, and the geometric relationship of the sector. Assuming that there are n boundary points, the distance between two adjacent boundary points Δs i , i=0,1,...n-1, the corresponding arc angle between two adjacent boundary points can be expressed as Δθ i , i=0,1,...n-1, assuming that each boundary point is not collected at equal intervals, then calculating the position of each boundary point can be implemented in the following manner.
第一步、计算相邻的边界点之间的对应圆弧角度,根据初等几何知识可得下述关系式。The first step is to calculate the corresponding arc angle between adjacent boundary points, and the following relational formula can be obtained according to the knowledge of elementary geometry.
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000008
其中,Δs i为相邻两个边界点之间的间距,Δθ i为相邻两个边界点之间对应的圆弧角度,r为扇形半径大小。 Among them, Δs i is the distance between two adjacent boundary points, Δθ i is the arc angle corresponding to the two adjacent boundary points, and r is the radius of the sector.
第二步、设第i个边界点的位置为(x i,y i),那么根据第一步获得的圆弧角度Δθ i以及几何知识可知,扇形圆弧上的点可以被描述为下述关系式。 In the second step, let the position of the i-th boundary point be (x i , y i ), then according to the arc angle Δθ i obtained in the first step and the geometric knowledge, the points on the sector arc can be described as the following relational.
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000009
其中,(x i,y i)为第i个边界点的位置,θ i为第i个圆心角度,
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000010
特别地,当扇形半径r 给定时,可以直接将第i个边界点的圆心角度设为θ i,减少计算和存储。
Among them, (x i , y i ) is the position of the i-th boundary point, θ i is the i-th center angle,
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000010
In particular, when the sector radius r is given, the center angle of the i-th boundary point can be directly set as θ i , which reduces computation and storage.
通过上述过程获得各个边界点的位置信息之后,即可以以平地设备的当前位置为路径起点,以边界点为路径终点生成数量与边界点数量一致的候选路径。在本次示例中,下面以图9中的其中一个边界点为例,用圆弧的形式来描述生成的候选路径,参见图10。图10为本申请一实施例提供的圆弧路径的示意图。After obtaining the position information of each boundary point through the above process, the current position of the leveling device can be used as the starting point of the path, and the boundary point can be used as the end point of the path to generate candidate paths with the same number as the number of boundary points. In this example, one of the boundary points in FIG. 9 is taken as an example below, and the generated candidate path is described in the form of an arc, see FIG. 10 . FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a circular arc path provided by an embodiment of the application.
图10表示的是第i条圆弧路径,则根据初等几何知识可得圆弧半径和圆弧角满足如下关系式。Figure 10 shows the i-th arc path, then according to the knowledge of elementary geometry, the arc radius and arc angle can be obtained to satisfy the following relational expressions.
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000011
其中,α i对应第i条圆弧路径的圆弧角,r pi对应第i条圆弧路径的圆弧半径。设圆心横坐标为x ci,则当
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000012
时,圆心横坐标为:x ci=-r pi。当
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000013
时,圆心横坐标为:x ci=r pi。特别地,当
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000014
候选路径为一条指向Y轴正方向的直线路径。
Among them, α i corresponds to the arc angle of the i-th arc path, and r pi corresponds to the arc radius of the i-th arc path. Let the abscissa of the center of the circle be x ci , then when
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000012
, the abscissa of the center of the circle is: x ci =-r pi . when
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000013
, the abscissa of the center of the circle is: x ci =r pi . In particular, when
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000014
The candidate path is a straight path pointing in the positive direction of the Y-axis.
通过上述过程可以将每条候选路径以圆弧的形式进行存储,减少计算量和存储量。Through the above process, each candidate path can be stored in the form of an arc, which reduces the amount of calculation and storage.
可选地,获得目标作业范围内的候选路径之后,即可以通过计算每条候选路径对应的工作效率,进而可以将具有最大工作效率或具有最大效率得分对应的候选路径确定为目标路径。为此,下面给出一种根据目标作业范围内地形的高程信息和平地设备的载荷信息计算多条候选路径对应的工作效率的实现方式,参见图11。图11为本申请一实施例提供的步骤202-2的一实现方式的示意性流程图。步骤202-2可以包括如下步骤。Optionally, after obtaining the candidate paths within the target job scope, the work efficiency corresponding to each candidate path can be calculated, and then the candidate path corresponding to the maximum work efficiency or the maximum efficiency score can be determined as the target path. To this end, an implementation manner of calculating the work efficiency corresponding to multiple candidate paths according to the elevation information of the terrain within the target operation range and the load information of the leveling equipment is given below, as shown in FIG. 11 . FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of an implementation manner of step 202-2 provided by an embodiment of the present application. Step 202-2 may include the following steps.
202-2-1、基于平地铲的长度和宽度确定每条候选路径对应的多个子作业区。202-2-1. Determine a plurality of sub-working areas corresponding to each candidate path based on the length and width of the grader.
在本申请实施例中,由于平地铲具有一定的长度和宽度,因此,平地设备按照候选路径移动时,会形成一个作业区。当候选路径可能较长,平地设备按照候选路径移动时很难准确地度量工作效率。因此,本申请实施例将每条候选路径对应的作业区划分为多个子作业区,然后分别计算平地设备在各个子作业区内作业时对应的高程变化量,最后将各个子作业区内的高程变化量叠加在一起作为候选路径对应的工作效率。通过这种划分子作业区的形式可以提高获得工作效率的准确度,进而提升目标平地路径的可信度。为了方便理解,下面给出一种划分子作业区域的实现方式。In the embodiment of the present application, since the leveling shovel has a certain length and width, a work area is formed when the leveling equipment moves according to the candidate path. When the candidate path may be long, it is difficult to accurately measure the work efficiency when the grade equipment moves along the candidate path. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the work area corresponding to each candidate path is divided into a plurality of sub-work areas, and then the corresponding elevation changes of the leveling equipment when operating in each sub-work area are calculated respectively, and finally the elevation in each sub-work area is calculated. The changes are superimposed together as the work efficiency corresponding to the candidate path. By dividing the sub-working area in this way, the accuracy of obtaining the work efficiency can be improved, thereby improving the reliability of the target flat path. For ease of understanding, an implementation manner of dividing the sub-job area is given below.
第一步、在每条候选路径上以一定的间距随机采样,获得N个离散点,相邻离散点之间的间距越小则获得的高程变化量越精确,进而可以使得确定得到的工作效率也更加精确。其中,N的个数可以根据候选路径的长度确定,此处不作限定。The first step is to randomly sample each candidate path with a certain interval to obtain N discrete points. The smaller the distance between adjacent discrete points, the more accurate the obtained elevation change, which can make the work efficiency determined. Also more precise. The number of N may be determined according to the length of the candidate path, which is not limited here.
第二步、以相邻离散点之间的间距为宽,以平地铲的长度为长,确定N-1矩形区域。根据相邻离散点之间的间距和平地铲的长度可以确定矩形区域的面积大小,另外还可以根据GPS技术、DSM技术等任意一种技术获得每个矩形区域内的平均高度值。The second step is to determine the N-1 rectangular area with the distance between adjacent discrete points as the width and the length of the flat shovel as the length. The size of the rectangular area can be determined according to the distance between adjacent discrete points and the length of the leveling shovel. In addition, the average height value in each rectangular area can be obtained according to any technology such as GPS technology and DSM technology.
通过上述的过程获得的候选路径对应的多个子作业区域的形式可以如图12所示,参见图12。图12所示为本申请一实施例提供的处理候选路径的示意图。获得候选路径的各个子作业区之后,即可计算各个子作业区对应的高程变化量。The form of the multiple sub-job areas corresponding to the candidate paths obtained through the above process may be as shown in FIG. 12 , see FIG. 12 . FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of processing candidate paths according to an embodiment of the present application. After each sub-working area of the candidate path is obtained, the elevation change corresponding to each sub-working area can be calculated.
202-2-2、根据目标作业地块的平均高度值、每个子作业区的平均高度值以及载荷信息计算每条候选路径的工作效率。202-2-2. Calculate the work efficiency of each candidate path according to the average height value of the target operation plot, the average height value of each sub-operation area, and the load information.
为了方便理解上述计算候选路径对应的工作效率的过程,请继续参见图9。假设目标作业地块平均高度值为H,平地设备的载荷信息包括铲子满载土方量V s、以及平地设备位于当前位置时载土量V ijTo facilitate understanding of the above process of calculating the work efficiency corresponding to the candidate path, please continue to refer to FIG. 9 . Assuming that the average height of the target work plot is H, the load information of the leveling equipment includes the full earthwork volume V s of the shovel and the soil load V ij when the leveling equipment is at the current position.
设平地设备工作效率的初始值为0,且平地设备在第i条候选路径的起点位置时,铲内含有V i0个单位体积的泥土,行驶至第i条候选路径的第j个小矩形后,第j个小矩形内泥土的平均高度值的估值为h ij,矩形面积为s ij,铲内有V ij-1个单位体积的泥土。则可以根据第j个小矩形内泥土的平均高度值、目标作业范围内的地形的平均高度值为H、以及包括铲子满载土方量V s以及平地设备位于当前位置时载土量V ij-1的平地设备的载荷信息,计算平地设备在第j个小矩形内平整完后的工作效率e i,如下赋值关系式所示。 Set the initial value of the work efficiency of the leveling equipment to 0, and when the leveling equipment is at the starting point of the ith candidate path, the shovel contains V i0 unit volume of soil, and after driving to the jth small rectangle of the ith candidate path , the estimated value of the average height of the soil in the jth small rectangle is h ij , the area of the rectangle is s ij , and there is V ij-1 unit volume of soil in the shovel. Then it can be based on the average height value of the soil in the jth small rectangle, the average height value of the terrain within the target operating range, H, as well as the full load of the shovel V s and the soil load V ij-1 when the leveling equipment is at the current position The load information of the leveling equipment is calculated, and the work efficiency ei after the leveling equipment is leveled in the jth small rectangle is calculated, as shown in the following assignment relationship.
e i=e i+Δh ij e i =e i +Δh ij
其中,e i为平地设备在第i条候选路径上每工作完一个作业区时对应的工作效率,e i的初始值为0,Δh ij为第i条候选路径的第j个子作业区内的高程变化量。 Among them, ei is the work efficiency of the leveling equipment when it completes one work area on the ith candidate path, the initial value of ei is 0, and Δh ij is the jth sub-working area of the ith candidate path. Elevation change.
在实际的作业场景中,如果第j个子作业区内高程值比平均高度值大,平地铲需要将当前位置的土挖进平地铲内,以使第j个子作业区的高程值降低至与平均高度值近似一致,高程变化量为当前位置的高程值减去平均高度值。如果第j个子作业区内的高程值比平均高度值小,平地铲需要将平地铲内的土填入当前位置,以使第j个子作业区的高程值增大至与平均高度值近似一致,高程变化量为平均高度值减去当前位置的高程值。如果当前位置的高程值与平均高度值一致或近似一致,其中的近似一致可以表示为当前位置的高程值与平均高度值的差值的绝对值小于预设高程阈值,则第j个子作业区不需要平整,高程变化量为零。高程阈值可以根据经验或实验获得,在此不赘述。因此,在计算第j个子作业区内的高程变化量时,可以分为以下场景来计算。In the actual work scenario, if the elevation value of the jth sub-working area is larger than the average height value, the leveling shovel needs to dig the soil at the current position into the leveling shovel to reduce the elevation value of the j-th sub-working area to the same as the average. The height values are approximately the same, and the change in elevation is the elevation value of the current location minus the average height value. If the elevation value in the j-th sub-working area is smaller than the average height value, the leveling shovel needs to fill the soil in the leveling shovel into the current position, so that the elevation value of the j-th sub-working area is increased to be approximately the same as the average height value, The elevation change is the average elevation minus the elevation of the current location. If the elevation value of the current position is consistent with or approximately the same as the average height value, where the approximate consistency can be expressed as the absolute value of the difference between the elevation value of the current position and the average height value is less than the preset elevation threshold, then the jth sub-working area will not be Flattening is required, with zero elevation change. The elevation threshold can be obtained according to experience or experiments, and will not be repeated here. Therefore, when calculating the elevation change in the j-th sub-working area, the calculation can be divided into the following scenarios.
场景一scene one
第j个子作业区内的高程值小于平均高度值,即h ij≤H时,表征平地铲内的土方量可以用来增加第j个子作业区内的高程值,以使第j个子作业区的高程值降低至与平均高度值近似一致。因此,可以根据如下关系式计算第j个子作业区内的高程变化量。 The elevation value in the j-th sub-working area is less than the average height value, that is, when h ij ≤ H, the amount of earth in the shovel can be used to increase the elevation value in the j-th sub-working area, so that the The elevation value is reduced to approximately the same as the average elevation value. Therefore, the amount of elevation change in the j-th sub-working area can be calculated according to the following relational expression.
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000015
其中,|H-h ij|s ij表征第j个子作业区内需要增加的土方量,V ij-1表征平地设备进入第j个子作业区时,平地铲内累计的土方量,即平地铲内当前所承载的土方量。当V ij-1≥|H-h ij|s ij,表征平地铲内当前承载的土方量大于第j个子作业区内需要的土方量,则平地设备可以利用当前的载土量给第j个子作业区填土,使得第j个子作业区的高程值h ij增加至与平均高度值H一致,此时,第j个子作业区内的高程变化量即为|H-h ij|。当V ij-1<|H-h ij|s ij,表征平地铲内当前承载的土方量小于第j个子作业区内需要的土方量,则平地设备需要将当前承载的全部土方量用来给第j个子作业区进行填土,使得第j个子作业区的高程值h ij增加至与平均高度值H一致,此时,第j个子作业区内的高程变化量即为
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000016
Among them, |Hh ij |s ij represents the amount of earthwork that needs to be added in the jth sub-working area, and V ij-1 represents the accumulated earthwork volume in the leveling shovel when the leveling equipment enters the j-th sub-working area, that is, the current amount of earthwork in the leveling shovel. The amount of earthwork carried. When V ij-1 ≥ |Hh ij |s ij , it means that the earthwork currently carried in the shovel is greater than the earthwork required in the jth sub-working area, then the leveling equipment can use the current soil-carrying capacity to give the jth sub-working area Fill soil so that the elevation value h ij of the j-th sub-working area increases to be consistent with the average height value H. At this time, the elevation change in the j-th sub-working area is |Hh ij |. When V ij-1 <|Hh ij |s ij , it means that the earthwork currently carried in the shovel is less than the earthwork required in the jth sub-working area, then the leveling equipment needs to use all the earthwork currently carried for the jth sub-working area. Fill the sub-working area with soil, so that the elevation value h ij of the j-th sub-working area is increased to be consistent with the average height value H. At this time, the elevation change in the j-th sub-working area is
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000016
场景二scene two
第j个子作业区内的高程值大于平均高度值,即h ij≥H时,表征需要将第j个子作业区内的高程值h ij降低至平均高度值H一致,因此,可以根据如下关系式计算第j个子作业区内的高程变化量。 The elevation value in the j-th sub-working area is greater than the average height value, that is, when h ij ≥ H, it indicates that the elevation value h ij in the j-th sub-working area needs to be reduced to be consistent with the average height value H. Therefore, according to the following relational formula Calculate the elevation change in the jth sub-working area.
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000017
其中,|H-h ij|s ij表征第j个子作业区内需要减少的土方量,V ij-1表征平地设备进入第j个子作业区时,平地铲内累计的土方量,即平地铲内当前所承载的土方量。当V ij-1+|H-h ij|s ij≤V s,表征平地铲内当前承载的土方量与第j个子作业区内需要减少的土方量的总和小于铲子满载土方量V s,则表明平地铲仍然有空间承载泥土,则平地设备可以在第j个子作业区挖去的土方量为|H-h ij|s ij,使得高程值h ij降低至与平均高度值H一致,此时,第j个子作业区内的高程变化量即为|H-h ij|。当V ij-1+|H-h ij|s ij>V s,表征平地铲内当前承载的土方量与第j个子作业区内需要减少的土方量的总和大于铲子满载土方量V s,此时不能直接将第j个子作业区的泥土挖去|H-h ij|s ij这么多土方量,因为势必超出了平地铲的承载能力,对平地铲造成损害,因此,此时在第j个子作业区内能够挖去的土方 量也就是目标平地铲还能承载的土方量,即
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000018
Among them, |Hh ij |s ij represents the amount of earthwork that needs to be reduced in the jth sub-working area, and V ij-1 represents the accumulated earthwork volume in the leveling shovel when the leveling equipment enters the j-th sub-working area, that is, the current amount of earthwork in the leveling shovel. The amount of earthwork carried. When V ij-1 +|Hh ij |s ij ≤V s , it indicates that the sum of the earthwork currently carried by the shovel and the earthwork to be reduced in the jth sub-working area is less than the full-load earthwork quantity of the shovel V s , it means that the shovel is fully loaded. If the shovel still has space to carry the soil, the amount of earth that the leveling equipment can excavate in the jth sub-working area is |Hh ij |s ij , so that the elevation value h ij is reduced to be consistent with the average height value H, at this time, the jth sub-work area The elevation change in the working area is |Hh ij |. When V ij-1 +|Hh ij |s ij >V s , it indicates that the total amount of earthwork currently carried in the shovel and the amount of earthwork to be reduced in the jth sub-working area is greater than the full-loaded earthwork amount of the shovel V s . Dig up the soil in the jth sub-working area directly |Hh ij |s ij so much earthwork, because it is bound to exceed the carrying capacity of the leveling shovel and cause damage to the leveling shovel. Therefore, at this time in the jth sub-working area can The amount of earthwork excavated is the amount of earthwork that the target shovel can still carry, namely
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000018
通过上述过程计算平地设备在每条候选路径的各个子作业区内作业时对应的高程变化量,最后将各个子作业区内的高程变化量叠加在一起作为该条候选路径对应的工作效率,通过这种划分子作业区的形式可以提高工作效率的准确度,进而提升目标平地路径的可信度。Through the above process, the corresponding elevation changes of the leveling equipment when operating in each sub-working area of each candidate path are calculated, and finally the elevation changes in each sub-working area are superimposed as the work efficiency corresponding to the candidate path. This form of dividing the sub-working area can improve the accuracy of work efficiency, thereby improving the reliability of the target level path.
可选地,在每次计算完当前子作业区域内的高程变化量之后,为了能够在下一个子作业区内完成高程变化量的估算,还需要计算平地铲内当前的泥土体积,下面针对上述场景一和场景二,给出计算平地铲当前承载的土方量的具体方式。Optionally, after each calculation of the elevation change in the current sub-working area, in order to be able to complete the estimation of the elevation change in the next sub-working area, it is also necessary to calculate the current soil volume in the shovel. The following is for the above scenario. Scenario 1 and Scenario 2 give a specific method for calculating the amount of earthwork currently carried by the shovel.
场景一:第j个子作业区内的高程值小于获等于平均高度值,即h ij≤H时,计算平地铲当前承载的土方量的方式可以如下。 Scenario 1: When the elevation value in the jth sub-working area is less than or equal to the average height value, that is, when h ij ≤ H, the method for calculating the amount of earthwork currently carried by the shovel can be as follows.
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000019
场景二:第j个子作业区内的高程值大于或等于平均高度值平均高度值,即h ij≥H时,计算平地铲当前承载的土方量的方式可以如下。 Scenario 2: The elevation value in the jth sub-working area is greater than or equal to the average height value, that is, when h ij ≥ H, the method for calculating the amount of earthwork currently carried by the shovel can be as follows.
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000020
通过以上方式,对于每个候选路径,累计到最后一个矩形为止,即可得该条候选路径的总的高程变化量,进而获得该条候选路径对应的工作效率。Through the above method, for each candidate path, the total elevation change of the candidate path can be obtained by accumulating until the last rectangle, and then the work efficiency corresponding to the candidate path can be obtained.
在一个实施例中,可以直接将具备最大工作效率的候选路径作为目标平地路径。In one embodiment, the candidate path with the maximum work efficiency can be directly used as the target flat path.
在另一实施例中,为了能够提高获得的目标平地路径的可信度,还可以将基于各候选路径的工作效率计算得到对应的效率得分,以将具有最高效率得分的候选路径作为目标平地路径。下面给出一种根据高程变化量计算效率得分的实现方式。In another embodiment, in order to improve the reliability of the obtained target flat ground path, a corresponding efficiency score may also be obtained based on the work efficiency of each candidate path, and the candidate path with the highest efficiency score may be used as the target flat ground path . An implementation of calculating the efficiency score according to the elevation change is given below.
步骤1、根据每条候选路径对应的工作效率确定每条候选路径对应的效率得分。 Step 1. Determine the efficiency score corresponding to each candidate path according to the work efficiency corresponding to each candidate path.
步骤2、将效率得分最高的候选路径确定为目标平地路径。 Step 2. Determine the candidate path with the highest efficiency score as the target flat path.
在本申请实施例中,可以通过构造得分映射来评估每条路径的效率得分。得分映射可以是恒等映射、均值映射以及加权映射中的一种。例如,假设第i条候选路径的对应的效率得分为E iIn this embodiment of the present application, the efficiency score of each path can be evaluated by constructing a score map. The score map can be one of an identity map, a mean map, and a weighted map. For example, suppose the corresponding efficiency score of the ith candidate path is E i .
当映射为恒等映射时,效率得分可以按照如下关系式进行计算。When the mapping is an identity mapping, the efficiency score can be calculated according to the following relationship.
E i=e i E i =e i
当映射为均值映射时,效率得分可以按照如下关系式进行计算。When the mapping is mean mapping, the efficiency score can be calculated according to the following relationship.
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000021
其中,E i为第i条候选路径的效率得分,e i为平地设备在第i条候选路径上工作完全部作业区时对应的工作效率,M i为在第i条候选路径上确定多个子作业区时选取的离散点的个数或第i条候选路径的长度。 Among them, E i is the efficiency score of the ith candidate path, e i is the corresponding work efficiency when the leveling equipment works on the ith candidate path to complete the work area, M i is the determination of multiple sub-systems on the ith candidate path The number of discrete points or the length of the i-th candidate path selected during operation.
当映射为加权映射时,效率得分可以按照如下关系式进行计算。When the mapping is a weighted mapping, the efficiency score can be calculated according to the following relation.
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000022
其中,E i为第i条候选路径的效率得分,e i为平地设备在第i条候选路径上工作完全部作业区时对应的工作效率,λ 1,λ 2分别为预设的加权系数。需要说明的是,除了上述映射方式,还有其他映射方式,此处不再一一介绍,基于映射方式得到的目标平地路径即为效率得分最大的路径。 Among them, E i is the efficiency score of the i-th candidate path, e i is the corresponding work efficiency when the leveling equipment works on the i-th candidate path to complete the work area, and λ 1 and λ 2 are preset weighting coefficients respectively. It should be noted that, in addition to the above mapping methods, there are other mapping methods, which will not be introduced one by one here. The target flat path obtained based on the mapping method is the path with the highest efficiency score.
用户驾驶平地机进行平地工作时,往往只能根据平地作业者的观察和估测进行土地平整,易出现作业重叠和遗漏。同时,要不断掉头查看铲土量,以免平地机长时间超载或空载,这种方式需要用户进行大量工作,需要耗费大量的人力和时间。因此,在利用平地机进行土地平整作业之前,需要规划好合适的作业路线,以减少作业时间,节省人工成本。When a user drives a grader to perform leveling work, he often can only perform land leveling based on the observation and estimation of the leveling operator, which is prone to overlap and omission of operations. At the same time, it is necessary to constantly turn around to check the amount of soil to be shoveled, so as to prevent the motor grader from being overloaded or empty for a long time. This method requires the user to do a lot of work, which requires a lot of manpower and time. Therefore, before using a grader for land leveling operations, it is necessary to plan a suitable operation route to reduce operation time and save labor costs.
传统的农机工作路线,例如,连续型S路线、跨越型S路线、螺旋型路线和对角型路线等,可以实现路径的自动规划,但是无法兼顾平地机作业时的土地平整效率。Traditional agricultural machinery working routes, such as continuous S route, spanning S route, spiral route and diagonal route, can realize automatic path planning, but cannot take into account the land leveling efficiency during grader operation.
而移动机器人领域的路径规划方法,例如,以Trapezoidal、Boustrophedon等为代表的单元分解法,以内螺旋覆盖法、基于模板模型和势场法等为代表的栅格法,以神经网络和生物激励等为代表的启发式算法等,均是针对避障问题,这些路径规划方法对于全覆盖路径的规划仍然以线扫描为主,并不适用于需要考虑地势高程和铲车载荷的平地机。The path planning methods in the field of mobile robots, for example, the unit decomposition method represented by Trapezoidal, Boustrophedon, etc., the inner spiral coverage method, the grid method represented by template model and potential field method, etc. The heuristic algorithms represented by , etc. are all aimed at obstacle avoidance problems. These path planning methods are still mainly based on line scanning for the planning of full coverage paths, and are not suitable for graders that need to consider terrain elevation and forklift load.
为了解决上述问题,本申请实施例通过计算多条备用路径的工作效率来确定平地路径,从而使平地机按照该平地路径工作时,能够达到最优土地平整效率,下面进行详细介绍。In order to solve the above problem, the embodiment of the present application determines the leveling path by calculating the working efficiency of multiple backup paths, so that the grader can achieve the optimal land leveling efficiency when working according to the leveling path, which will be described in detail below.
请参照图13,图13示出了本申请一实施例提供的平地路径生成方法的流程示意图。该平地路径生成方法应用于用于控制平地机进行平地工作的处理设备,处理设备可以包括但不限于:平地机自身的控制模块、农机自动驾驶设备。该平地路径生成方法包括以下步骤。Referring to FIG. 13 , FIG. 13 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for generating a flat path provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method for generating a leveling path is applied to a processing device for controlling a leveler to perform leveling work, and the processing device may include, but is not limited to, a control module of the leveler itself, and an automatic driving device for agricultural machinery. The flat path generation method includes the following steps.
S101,对待作业地块的地块边界进行内缩处理,得到待作业地块的可靠边界。比如,对目标作业范围对应的待作业地块(又称目标作业地块)的地块边界进行内缩处理,得到待作业地块的可靠边界。S101 , performing indentation processing on the plot boundary of the plot to be operated to obtain a reliable boundary of the plot to be operated. For example, the parcel boundary of the to-be-operated parcel (also known as the target operation parcel) corresponding to the target operation range is indented to obtain a reliable boundary of the to-be-operation parcel.
地块边界可以包括待作业地块的所有地块边界线和所有地块边界顶点,地块边界顶点是指待作业地块中各条地块边界线相交的交点。地块边界可以是本领域技术人员以任何能获取到的方式得到的,例如,人工实地测量、测绘器定点测绘、测绘无人机测绘等,或者基于雷达、或者卫星遥感方式测量等。The parcel boundary may include all parcel boundary lines and all parcel boundary vertices of the parcel to be operated, and the parcel boundary vertex refers to the intersection point where each parcel boundary line in the parcel to be operated intersects. The land parcel boundary can be obtained by those skilled in the art in any available manner, for example, manual field measurement, fixed-point mapping with a surveyor, surveying and mapping drone mapping, etc., or measurement based on radar or satellite remote sensing.
在一个实施方式中,得到待作业地块的地块边界之后,可以对地块边界进行内缩处理,例如,先找到地块边界的中心点,然后基于该中心点,将地块边界按照一定的比例进行缩小,就能得到待作业地块的可靠边界。也可以将待作业地块的每个地块边界顶点均向待作业地块内移动同一距离,得到每个地块边界顶点对应的可靠边界顶点,再将每个可靠边界顶点依次进行连接,就能得到待作业地块的可靠边界。In one embodiment, after the plot boundary of the plot to be operated is obtained, the plot boundary can be indented, for example, the center point of the plot boundary is found first, and then based on the center point, the plot boundary is set according to a certain By reducing the proportion of , a reliable boundary of the plot to be operated can be obtained. It is also possible to move each plot boundary vertex of the to-be-operated plot by the same distance into the to-be-operated plot to obtain the reliable boundary vertex corresponding to each plot boundary vertex, and then connect each reliable boundary vertex in turn to obtain A reliable boundary of the plot to be operated can be obtained.
在另一个实施方式中,对待作业地块的地块边界进行内缩处理,得到待作业地块的可靠边界的方式,可以包括:将每条地块边界线均向待作业地块内平行移动预设内缩距离,得到可靠边界。其中,预设内缩距离大于或等于平地机的2倍最小转弯半径与平地机的铲宽之和。In another embodiment, the method of performing indentation processing on the plot boundary of the to-be-operated plot to obtain a reliable boundary of the to-be-operated plot may include: moving each plot boundary line in parallel into the to-be-operated plot Preset indentation distance to obtain reliable boundaries. Among them, the preset retraction distance is greater than or equal to the sum of twice the minimum turning radius of the grader and the shovel width of the grader.
也就是,预设内缩距离满足以下公式。That is, the preset retraction distance satisfies the following formula.
d≥2×TR+Wd≥2×TR+W
其中,d表示预设内缩距离,TR表示平地机的最小转弯半径,W表示平地机的铲宽。Among them, d represents the preset retraction distance, TR represents the minimum turning radius of the grader, and W represents the shovel width of the grader.
预设内缩距离按照上述方式进行设置,是为了确保后续平地机在作业过程中,具有足够的转弯空间。例如,请参照图14,图中实线框为地块边界,虚线框为可靠边界,将每条地块边界线均向待作业地块内平行移动一段距离d,即可得到可靠边界。The preset retraction distance is set in the above manner to ensure that the subsequent grader has enough turning space during the operation. For example, please refer to Fig. 14, the solid line frame is the plot boundary, and the dotted line box is the reliable boundary. The reliable boundary can be obtained by moving each plot boundary line parallel to the plot to be operated by a distance d.
S102,获取平地机在待作业地块的多条候选路径。S102, acquiring multiple candidate paths of the grader on the plot to be operated.
候选路径是指以平地机的当前位置为起点,规划得到的平地机在待作业地块内的作业路线。候选路径可以是本领域技术人员以任何可能的方式规划得到的,例如,遗传算法、梯度下降法等,在此不再赘述。The candidate path refers to the planned operation route of the grader in the plot to be operated with the current position of the grader as the starting point. The candidate paths may be planned by those skilled in the art in any possible manner, for example, genetic algorithm, gradient descent method, etc., which will not be repeated here.
S103,对多条候选路径进行处理,得到平地机在待作业地块的至少一条备用路径。其中,每条备用路径均在可靠边界内。S103: Process the multiple candidate paths to obtain at least one backup path of the grader on the plot to be operated. where each alternate path is within the reliable boundary.
由于候选路径是平地机在待作业地块内的作业路线,而可靠边界是对待作业地块的地块边界进行内缩处理得到的,因此,可能会出现候选路径的一部分在可靠边界内、另一部分在可靠边界外的情形。为了保证平地机在实际作业过程中的安全性,需要对多条候选路径进行处理,得到平地机在待作业地块的至少一条备用路径,使得每条备用路径均在可靠边界内。Since the candidate path is the operation route of the grader in the plot to be operated, and the reliable boundary is obtained by shrinking the plot boundary of the plot to be operated, it may appear that part of the candidate path is within the reliable boundary, and another part of the candidate path is within the reliable boundary. Some cases are outside the reliable boundary. In order to ensure the safety of the grader in the actual operation process, it is necessary to process multiple candidate paths to obtain at least one backup path of the grader on the plot to be operated, so that each backup path is within the reliable boundary.
作为一种实施方式,对多条候选路径进行处理,得到平地机在待作业地块的至少一条备用路径的方式,可以是:对每条候选路径均进行调整,得到每条候选路径对应的备用路径,以使每条备用路径均在可靠边界内。As an embodiment, the method of processing multiple candidate paths to obtain at least one backup path of the grader on the plot to be operated may be: adjusting each candidate path to obtain the backup path corresponding to each candidate path paths so that each alternate path is within the reliability boundary.
以一条候选路径为例,对该条候选路径进行调整时,可以删除该条候选路径中超出可靠边界的部分,之后再将可靠边界内的部分连接成一条连续的路径,即可得到该条候选路径对应的备用路径。或者,对该条候选路径进行调整时,可以先将该条候选路径离散化为若干个离散点,然后从该条候选路径的起点(即平地机的当前位置)开始,逐个确定各个离散点是否在可靠边界内,一旦发现某个离散点超出可靠边界,则保留上一个离散点及其之前的路径部分,其余部分均删除,也就是删除上一个离散点之后的路径部分。下面进行详细介绍。Taking a candidate path as an example, when adjusting the candidate path, the part of the candidate path beyond the reliable boundary can be deleted, and then the parts within the reliable boundary can be connected into a continuous path to obtain the candidate path. The alternate path corresponding to the path. Alternatively, when adjusting the candidate path, you can first discretize the candidate path into several discrete points, and then start from the starting point of the candidate path (that is, the current position of the grader) to determine whether each discrete point is one by one. Within the reliable boundary, once a discrete point is found to be beyond the reliable boundary, the last discrete point and the path part before it are retained, and the rest are deleted, that is, the path part after the last discrete point is deleted. Details are given below.
因此,步骤S103可以包括以下子步骤:S1031,获取多条候选路径中的任意一条目标候选路径。Therefore, step S103 may include the following sub-steps: S1031 , acquiring any target candidate path among the multiple candidate paths.
S1032,将目标候选路径离散化为多个离散点。S1032, discretize the target candidate path into a plurality of discrete points.
其中,相邻两个离散点之间的间距不小于待作业地块的离散高程地图的分辨率。离散高程地图包括多个离散坐标点及多个离散坐标点各自的高程值,离散坐标点可以包括该点的经度和纬度,离散高程地图可以通过三维地图、或者点云地图、或者等高线和二维地图等转换而来,下面以三维地图为例进行说明。Wherein, the distance between two adjacent discrete points is not less than the resolution of the discrete elevation map of the plot to be operated. The discrete elevation map includes multiple discrete coordinate points and the respective elevation values of the multiple discrete coordinate points. The discrete coordinate point can include the longitude and latitude of the point. The discrete elevation map can be obtained through a three-dimensional map, a point cloud map, or a contour and It is converted from a two-dimensional map, etc., and the following takes a three-dimensional map as an example for description.
三维地图可以采用三维体素的形式保存,也可以采用每个栅格记录每个平面点的高程数据的形式进行保存。三维地图中的每个点都具有位置信息,位置信息也就是每个点的三维坐标,包括经度、维度、海拔高度等。The three-dimensional map can be saved in the form of three-dimensional voxels, or can be saved in the form of recording the elevation data of each plane point in each grid. Each point in the three-dimensional map has location information, and the location information is the three-dimensional coordinates of each point, including longitude, latitude, altitude, and the like.
利用三维地图得到离散高程地图的方式可以是:首先,采用等间隔方式,在待作业地块中确定多个离散坐标点,例如,在待作业地块中每隔1m确定一个离散坐标点;然后,在三维地图中,查询以当前离散坐标点为圆心、预设半径(例如,1.5m)的圆内的平均地形高度,并将平均地形高度作为当前离散坐标点的高程值。The way to obtain the discrete elevation map by using the three-dimensional map can be: first, adopting an equal interval method to determine a plurality of discrete coordinate points in the plot to be operated, for example, to determine a discrete coordinate point every 1m in the plot to be operated; then , in the three-dimensional map, query the average terrain height within a circle with the current discrete coordinate point as the center and a preset radius (for example, 1.5m), and use the average terrain height as the elevation value of the current discrete coordinate point.
离散高程地图也可以通过人工测绘的方式得到,例如,在待作业地块中每隔1m取一个离散坐标点,然后测量以该离散坐标点为圆心、预设半径(例如,1.5m)的圆内的平均地形高度,并将平均地形高度作为该离散坐标点的高程值。The discrete elevation map can also be obtained by manual surveying and mapping. For example, a discrete coordinate point is taken every 1m in the plot to be operated, and then a circle with the discrete coordinate point as the center and a preset radius (for example, 1.5m) is measured. The average terrain height within the range, and the average terrain height is used as the elevation value of the discrete coordinate point.
S1033,以目标候选路径的起点开始,逐个确定离散点是否在可靠边界内,其中,起点位于可靠边界内。S1033, starting from the starting point of the target candidate path, and determining whether the discrete points are within the reliable boundary one by one, wherein the starting point is within the reliable boundary.
S1034,若当前离散点不在可靠边界内,则删除当前离散点的前一个离散点后的路径部分,得到目标候选路径对应的备用路径。S1034 , if the current discrete point is not within the reliable boundary, delete the part of the path after the previous discrete point of the current discrete point to obtain a backup path corresponding to the target candidate path.
上述子步骤S1031~S1034为将多条候选路径中的任意一条候选路径处理为备用路径的过程,因此,在执行完子步骤S1034后,子步骤S1031还包括:The above sub-steps S1031 to S1034 are processes of processing any candidate path among the multiple candidate paths as a backup path. Therefore, after the sub-step S1034 is executed, the sub-step S1031 further includes:
返回执行步骤S1031,直至得到每条候选路径对应的备用路径。Return to step S1031 until the backup path corresponding to each candidate path is obtained.
例如,请参照图15,以左图中候选路径1为例,A、B、C、D、E为该路径上的各个离散点,A为起点,则从A点开始逐个确定各个离散点是否在可靠边界内,经判断E点不在可靠边界内,则删除E点的前一个离散点D点后的路径部分,得到备用路径1如右图所示。For example, please refer to Figure 15, taking candidate path 1 in the left figure as an example, A, B, C, D, and E are discrete points on the path, and A is the starting point, then starting from point A, determine whether each discrete point is one by one. Within the reliable boundary, after it is judged that point E is not within the reliable boundary, delete the part of the path after point D, the previous discrete point of point E, to obtain the backup path 1 as shown in the right figure.
作为另一种实施方式,步骤S103还可以包括以下子步骤。As another implementation manner, step S103 may further include the following sub-steps.
S103a,删除多条候选路径中所有的特定候选路径,得到所述至少一条备用路径。其中,特定候选路径中存在部分路径超出可靠边界。对此可以理解为:在多条候选路径中,将存在部分路径超出可靠边界的所有候选路径(即前述的特定候选路径)都删除,保留任意部分都不超出可靠边界的其他路径,以得到备用路径。S103a, delete all specific candidate paths among the multiple candidate paths to obtain the at least one backup path. Among them, some of the specific candidate paths are beyond the reliable boundary. This can be understood as: in multiple candidate paths, delete all candidate paths with some paths beyond the reliable boundary (that is, the aforementioned specific candidate paths), and retain other paths whose parts do not exceed the reliable boundary to obtain backup path.
S104,获取每条备用路径对应的所有离散点。S104: Acquire all discrete points corresponding to each backup path.
每条备用路径均包括至少两个离散点,且相邻两个离散点之间的间距不小于待作业地块的离散高程地图的分辨率。离散高程地图的分辨率是指,离散高程地图中相邻两个离散坐标点之间的间隔(例如,1m)。在一个可选的实施例中,为保证基于离散点计算得到的工作效率的精度,相邻两个离散点之间的间距可以设定为不小于1m。Each alternate path includes at least two discrete points, and the distance between two adjacent discrete points is not less than the resolution of the discrete elevation map of the plot to be operated. The resolution of the discrete elevation map refers to the interval (for example, 1 m) between two adjacent discrete coordinate points in the discrete elevation map. In an optional embodiment, in order to ensure the accuracy of the work efficiency calculated based on the discrete points, the distance between two adjacent discrete points may be set to not less than 1 m.
S105,依据每条备用路径对应的所有离散点,计算每条备用路径的工作效率。S105: Calculate the work efficiency of each backup path according to all discrete points corresponding to each backup path.
备用路径的工作效率,是指平地机按照该备用路径平整土地时,平地机的土地平整效率。按照上述步骤S103介绍的内容,根据可靠边界对多条候选路径进行处理,得到平地机在待作业地块的至少一条备用路径之后,需要计算每条备用路径的工作效率,也就是计算平地机按照每条备用路径平整土地时的土地平整效率。The working efficiency of the backup path refers to the land leveling efficiency of the motor grader when the motor grader is leveling the land according to the backup path. According to the content introduced in the above step S103, the multiple candidate paths are processed according to the reliable boundary, and after obtaining at least one backup path of the grader on the plot to be operated, it is necessary to calculate the work efficiency of each backup path, that is, to calculate the grader according to The land leveling efficiency when leveling the land for each alternate path.
下面对步骤S105进行详细介绍。在图13的基础上,请参照图16,步骤S105可以包括以下子步骤。Step S105 will be described in detail below. On the basis of FIG. 13 , please refer to FIG. 16 , step S105 may include the following sub-steps.
S1051,获取所有备用路径中的任意一条目标备用路径。S1051: Obtain any target backup path among all backup paths.
S1052,沿着目标备用路径,以相邻两个离散点之间的间距为宽、以平地机的铲土铲长度为长,生成至少一个离散作业区域。S1052 , along the target backup path, take the distance between two adjacent discrete points as the width and the length of the shovel of the grader as the length to generate at least one discrete work area.
S1053,获得每个离散作业区域的高度值。S1053, obtain the height value of each discrete operation area.
在一些实施例中,依据每条备用路径对应的所有离散点,计算每条备用路径各自的工作效率的步骤,包括:依据每条备用路径对应的所有离散点生成至少一个离散作业区域;基于各离散作业区域的高度值相对于待作业地块的期望高度的高度变化值,计算每条备用路径的工作效率,其中,工作效率表征备用路径对应的所有离散作业区域的高度变化值之和。In some embodiments, the step of calculating the respective work efficiency of each alternate path according to all discrete points corresponding to each alternate path includes: generating at least one discrete work area according to all discrete points corresponding to each alternate path; The height value of the discrete operation area is relative to the height change value of the expected height of the plot to be operated, and the work efficiency of each alternate path is calculated, wherein the work efficiency represents the sum of the height change values of all discrete work areas corresponding to the alternate path.
对应地,在一些实施例中,依据每条备用路径对应的所有离散点生成至少一个离散作业区域的步骤,包括:针对每条备用路径,将备用路径作为目标备用路径;沿着目标备用路径,以相邻两个离散点之间的间距为宽、以作业设备的铲土铲长度为长,生成至少一个离散作业区域。此外,基于各离散作业区域的高度值相对于待作业地块的期望高度的高度变化值,计算每条备用路径的工作效率的步骤,包括:基于目标备用路径的每个离散作业区域各自的高度值相对于待作业地块的期望高度值的高度变化值,计算目标备用路径的工作效率,进而得到每条备用路径各自的工作效率。Correspondingly, in some embodiments, the step of generating at least one discrete work area according to all discrete points corresponding to each alternate path includes: for each alternate path, using the alternate path as a target alternate path; along the target alternate path, At least one discrete work area is generated by taking the distance between two adjacent discrete points as the width and the length of the shovel of the working equipment as the length. In addition, the step of calculating the work efficiency of each alternate path based on the height change value of the height value of each discrete operation area relative to the expected height of the plot to be operated includes: based on the respective heights of each discrete operation area of the target alternate path The height change value of the value relative to the expected height value of the plot to be operated is calculated, and the work efficiency of the target alternate path is calculated, and then the respective work efficiency of each alternate path is obtained.
以一个离散作业区域为例,该离散作业区域的高度值可以通过以下几种方式进行确定。Taking a discrete operation area as an example, the height value of the discrete operation area can be determined in the following ways.
第一种,首先,确定该离散作业区域的外接矩形;然后,计算外接矩形内所有离散坐标点的高程值的均值,并将该均值作为该离散作业区域的高度值。First, first, determine the circumscribed rectangle of the discrete work area; then, calculate the mean value of the elevation values of all discrete coordinate points in the circumscribed rectangle, and use the mean value as the height value of the discrete work area.
第二种,计算该离散作业区域内所有离散坐标点的高程值的均值,并将该均值作为该离散作业区域的高度值。The second is to calculate the mean value of the elevation values of all discrete coordinate points in the discrete operation area, and use the mean value as the height value of the discrete operation area.
第三种,确定该离散作业区域的外接圆;然后,计算外接圆内所有离散坐标点的高程值的均值,并将该均值作为该离散作业区域的高度值。The third method is to determine the circumcircle of the discrete operation area; then, calculate the mean value of the elevation values of all discrete coordinate points in the circumscribed circle, and use the mean value as the height value of the discrete operation area.
在图16的基础上,请参照图17,子步骤S1053可以包括以下子步骤。On the basis of FIG. 16 , please refer to FIG. 17 , the sub-step S1053 may include the following sub-steps.
S1053-1,生成每个离散作业区域的评判区域,其中,评判区域为离散作业区域的外接矩形或外接圆。S1053-1: Generate a judgment area for each discrete operation area, where the judgment area is a circumscribed rectangle or a circumscribed circle of the discrete operation area.
S1053-2,对每个评判区域内所有离散坐标点的高程值求均值,得到每个评判区域对应的离散作业区域的高度值。S1053-2: Calculate the mean value of the elevation values of all discrete coordinate points in each evaluation area, and obtain the height value of the discrete operation area corresponding to each evaluation area.
也就是说,步骤S1053-1和步骤S1053-2记载了一种离散作业区域的高度值的获取方式。That is to say, steps S1053-1 and S1053-2 describe a method for obtaining the height value of the discrete work area.
例如,请参照图18,图中包括A点和B点的小实线框为一个离散作业区域,小虚线框为一个评判区域,评判区域是离散作业区域的外接矩形。即,评判区域的长为离散作业区域从左到右的长度、宽为离散作业区域从上到下的长度。另外,由于评判区域为矩形,则评判区域所有离散坐标点的高程值构成一个矩阵,便于数据的存储。For example, please refer to FIG. 18 , the small solid line frame including points A and B in the figure is a discrete work area, the small dotted line frame is a judgment area, and the judgment area is the circumscribed rectangle of the discrete work area. That is, the length of the judgment area is the length of the discrete work area from left to right, and the width is the length of the discrete work area from top to bottom. In addition, since the judging area is rectangular, the elevation values of all discrete coordinate points in the judging area form a matrix, which is convenient for data storage.
或者,在另一个示例中,子步骤S1053可以包括子步骤S1053a。Or, in another example, sub-step S1053 may include sub-step S1053a.
S1053a,计算离散作业区域内所有离散坐标点的高程值的均值,以得到离散作业区域的高度值。也就是说,步骤S1053a记载了一种离散作业区域的高度值的获取方式。S1053a: Calculate the mean value of the elevation values of all discrete coordinate points in the discrete operation area to obtain the height value of the discrete operation area. That is to say, step S1053a describes an acquisition method of the height value of the discrete work area.
S1054,基于每个离散作业区域的高度值,计算目标备用路径的工作效率。S1054, based on the height value of each discrete working area, calculate the working efficiency of the target backup path.
上述子步骤S1051~S1054为计算所有备用路径中的任意一条备用路径的工作效率的过程,因此,在执行完子步骤S1054后,步骤S105还包括:返回执行子步骤S1051,直至得到每条备用路径的工作效率。对此可以理解为:返回执行子步骤S1051后,会继续执行步骤S1052~S1054,直至得到每条备用路径的工作效率。The above sub-steps S1051 to S1054 are the process of calculating the work efficiency of any one of the backup paths. Therefore, after the sub-step S1054 is executed, the step S105 further includes: returning to the execution of the sub-step S1051 until each backup path is obtained. work efficiency. This can be understood as: after returning to the execution sub-step S1051, the steps S1052-S1054 will be continuously executed until the working efficiency of each backup path is obtained.
可选地,可以通过对各个离散作业区域的高度变化进行评估,来计算目标备用路径的工作效率。下面对子步骤S1054进行详细介绍。在图16的基础上,请参照图19,子步骤S1054可以包括以下子步骤。(也可以理解为,基于目标备用路径的每个所述离散作业区域各自的高度值相对于待作业地块的期望高度值的高度变化值,计算目标备用路径的工作效率的步骤,包括如下步骤。)Optionally, the work efficiency of the target alternate path can be calculated by evaluating the height variation of each discrete work area. The sub-step S1054 will be described in detail below. On the basis of FIG. 16 , please refer to FIG. 19 , the sub-step S1054 may include the following sub-steps. (It can also be understood that the step of calculating the working efficiency of the target backup path based on the height change value of the respective height values of each of the discrete working areas of the target backup path relative to the expected height value of the plot to be operated, includes the following steps .)
S1054-1,获得第一离散作业区域的工作效率、待作业地块的期望高度、以及第二离散作业区域的高度值,其中,第二离散作业区域是与第一离散作业区域相邻的后一个离散作业区域。S1054-1: Obtain the work efficiency of the first discrete operation area, the expected height of the plot to be operated, and the height value of the second discrete operation area, where the second discrete operation area is a rear area adjacent to the first discrete operation area A discrete work area.
待作业地块的期望高度,可以是但不限于待作业地块的平均高度。假设第一离散作业区域的工作效率为e j-1,待作业地块的期望高度为H,第二离散作业区域的高度值为h jThe desired height of the plot to be operated may be, but not limited to, the average height of the plot to be operated. Assuming that the work efficiency of the first discrete operation area is e j-1 , the expected height of the plot to be operated is H, and the height of the second discrete operation area is h j .
S1054-2,基于待作业地块的期望高度和第二离散作业区域的高度值,计算第二离散作业区域的高度变化值。S1054-2, based on the expected height of the plot to be operated and the height value of the second discrete operation area, calculate the height variation value of the second discrete operation area.
假设第二离散作业区域的高度变化值为Δh j,可以通过待作业地块的期望高度H和第二离散作业区域的高度值h j之间的关系,确定Δh jAssuming that the height change value of the second discrete operation area is Δh j , Δh j can be determined by the relationship between the expected height H of the plot to be operated and the height value h j of the second discrete operation area.
基于待作业地块的期望高度和第二离散作业区域的高度值,计算第二离散作业区域的高度变化值的过程,可以包括如下步骤。The process of calculating the height variation value of the second discrete operation area based on the expected height of the plot to be operated and the height value of the second discrete operation area may include the following steps.
第一步,将第二离散作业区域的高度值与待作业地块的期望高度进行对比,也就是将H和h j进行对比。 The first step is to compare the height value of the second discrete operation area with the expected height of the plot to be operated, that is, compare H and h j .
第二步,当第二离散作业区域的高度值小于等于待作业地块的期望高度时,利用公式
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000023
计算第二离散作业区域的高度变化值。其中,Δh j表示第二离散作业区域的高度变化值,H表示待作业地块的期望高度,h j表示第二离散作业区域的高度值,V j-1表示平地机到第一离散作业区域后铲土铲中的带土体积,s j表示第二离散作业区域的面积。
In the second step, when the height value of the second discrete operation area is less than or equal to the expected height of the plot to be operated, use the formula
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000023
Calculate the height change value for the second discrete work area. Among them, Δh j represents the height change value of the second discrete operation area, H represents the expected height of the plot to be operated, h j represents the height value of the second discrete operation area, and V j-1 represents the grader to the first discrete operation area. The soil carrying volume in the rear shovel, s j represents the area of the second discrete working area.
当h j≤H时,表征第二离散作业区域是一个土坑,平地机在作业过程中需要将其填平。例如,请参照图20中左图,图中第j个离散作业区域是个土坑,平地机在作业过程中要对其进行平整,使得平整后的第j个离散作业区域的高度值接近待作业地块的期望高度H。 When h j ≤ H, it indicates that the second discrete operation area is a soil pit, which needs to be filled by the grader during the operation. For example, please refer to the left picture in Figure 20. The jth discrete operation area in the figure is a soil pit, and the grader needs to level it during the operation process, so that the height value of the jth discrete operation area after leveling is close to the level to be operated. The desired height H of the plot.
V j-1≥|H-h j|s j表征:平地机到第一离散作业区域后铲土铲中的带土体积大于等于填这个土坑所需的土体积,即,铲土铲中的土能填满这个土坑。则填土直至将这个土坑填满,填土之后第二离散作 业区域的高度变化为:该土坑的高度,即,|H-h j|。 V j-1 ≥ |Hh j |s j represents: the soil volume in the shovel after the grader reaches the first discrete work area is greater than or equal to the soil volume required to fill the soil pit, that is, the soil in the shovel can fill this hole. Then fill the soil until the soil pit is filled, and the height of the second discrete operation area changes after the soil filling is: the height of the soil pit, that is, |Hh j |.
V j-1<|H-h j|s j表征:平地机到第一离散作业区域后铲土铲中的带土体积小于填这个土坑所需的土体积,即,铲土铲中的土不能填满这个土坑。则填土直至将铲土铲中的全部土都填到土坑中,填土之后第二离散作业区域的高度变化为:铲土铲中全部土的体积除以第二离散作业区域的面积,即,
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000024
V j-1 <|Hh j |s j indicates that the volume of soil in the shovel after the grader reaches the first discrete working area is less than the volume of soil required to fill the soil pit, that is, the soil in the shovel cannot Fill this pit. Then fill the soil until all the soil in the shovel is filled into the soil pit, and the height change of the second discrete operation area after filling is: the volume of all the soil in the shovel divided by the area of the second discrete operation area, which is,
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000024
第三步,当第二离散作业区域的高度值大于待作业地块的期望高度时,利用公式
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000025
计算第二离散作业区域的高度变化值,其中,V s表示铲土铲的最大带土体积。
The third step, when the height value of the second discrete operation area is greater than the expected height of the plot to be operated, use the formula
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000025
Calculate the height change value of the second discrete work area, where V s represents the maximum soil carrying volume of the shovel.
当h j>H时,表征第二离散作业区域是一个土包,平地机在作业过程当前需要将其铲平。例如,请参照图20中右图,图中第j个离散作业区域是个土包,平地机在作业过程中要对其进行平整,使得平整后的第j个离散作业区域的高度值接近待作业地块的期望高度H。 When h j >H, it indicates that the second discrete work area is a soil bag, which needs to be leveled by the motor grader currently during the work process. For example, please refer to the right picture in Figure 20, the jth discrete operation area in the figure is a soil bag, and the grader needs to level it during the operation process, so that the height value of the jth discrete operation area after leveling is close to the work to be done. The desired height H of the plot.
V j-1+|H-h j|s j≤V s表征:平地机到第一离散作业区域后铲土铲中的带土体积与这个土包的土体积之和小于等于铲土铲的最大带土体积,即,铲土铲能装下铲平这个土包的土。则铲土直至将这个土包铲平,铲土之后第二离散作业区域的高度变化为:该土包的高度,即,|H-h j|。 V j-1 +|Hh j |s j ≤V s Characterization: The sum of the soil volume in the shovel after the grader reaches the first discrete operation area and the soil volume of this soil bag is less than or equal to the maximum band of the shovel. Soil volume, that is, the soil that the shovel can hold to level the bag. Then, until the soil bag is leveled, the height of the second discrete operation area changes as follows: the height of the soil bag, that is, |Hh j |.
V j-1<|H-h j|s j表征:平地机到第一离散作业区域后铲土铲中的带土体积与这个土包的土体积之和大于铲土铲的最大带土体积,即,铲土铲不能装下铲平这个土包的土;则铲土直至将铲土铲装满,铲土之后第二离散作业区域的高度变化为:铲土铲还能装的土体积除以第二离散作业区域的面积,即,
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000026
V j-1 <|Hh j |s j indicates that the sum of the soil volume in the shovel after the grader reaches the first discrete operation area and the soil volume of this soil bag is greater than the maximum soil volume of the shovel, namely , the shovel cannot hold the soil to level the soil bag; then the shovel is shoveled until the shovel is full, and the height change of the second discrete working area after shoveling is: the volume of soil that the shovel can still hold divided by The area of the second discrete work area, i.e.,
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000026
S1054-3,对第二离散作业区域的高度变化值与第一离散作业区域的工作效率求和,得到第二离散作业区域的工作效率。S1054-3, summing the height variation value of the second discrete operation area and the work efficiency of the first discrete operation area to obtain the work efficiency of the second discrete operation area.
假设第二离散作业区域的工作效率为e j,则e j=e j-1+Δh jAssuming that the work efficiency of the second discrete work area is e j , then e j =e j-1 +Δh j .
S1054-4,计算平地机到第二离散作业区域后铲土铲中的带土体积。S1054-4, calculate the soil carrying volume in the shovel after the grader reaches the second discrete operation area.
假设平地机到第二离散作业区域后铲土铲中的带土体积为V j-1,则计算平地机到第二离散作业区域后铲土铲中的带土体积的过程,可以包括如下步骤。 Assuming that the volume of soil carried in the shovel after the grader reaches the second discrete operation area is V j-1 , the process of calculating the volume of soil carried in the shovel after the grader reaches the second discrete operation area may include the following steps .
第一步,当第二离散作业区域的高度值小于等于待作业地块的期望高度时,利用公式
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000027
计算平地机到第二离散作业区域后铲土铲中的带土体积,其中,V j表示平地机到第二离散作业区域后铲土铲中的带土体积,H表示待作业地块的期望高度,h j表示第二离散作业区域的高度值,V j-1表示平地机到第一离散作业区域后铲土铲中的带土体积,s j表示第二离散作业区域的面积。
In the first step, when the height value of the second discrete operation area is less than or equal to the expected height of the plot to be operated, use the formula
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000027
Calculate the soil-carrying volume in the shovel after the grader reaches the second discrete work area, where Vj represents the soil-carrying volume in the shovel after the grader reaches the second discrete work area, and H represents the expectation of the plot to be operated Height, h j represents the height value of the second discrete operation area, V j-1 represents the soil volume in the shovel after the grader reaches the first discrete operation area, and s j represents the area of the second discrete operation area.
当h j≤H时,表征第二离散作业区域是一个土坑,平地机在作业过程中按照子步骤S1054-2的内容将其填平。 When h j ≤ H, it indicates that the second discrete operation area is a soil pit, and the grader fills it according to the content of sub-step S1054-2 during the operation.
如果V j-1≥|H-h j|s j,则表征铲土铲中的土在填满这个土坑之后还有剩余,剩余的土的体积为铲土铲中全部土的体积减去填坑的图的体积,即,V j-|H-h j|s jIf V j-1 ≥ |Hh j |s j , it means that the soil in the shovel still remains after filling the soil hole, and the volume of the remaining soil is the volume of all the soil in the shovel minus the filling hole The volume of the graph, that is, V j -|Hh j |s j .
如果V j-1<|H-h j|s j,则表征铲土铲中的土在填满这个土坑之后没有剩余,即为0。 If V j-1 <|Hh j |s j , it means that the soil in the shovel has no remaining after filling the soil hole, which is 0.
第二步,当第二离散作业区域的高度值大于待作业地块的期望高度时,利用公式
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000028
计算平地机到第二离散作业区域后铲土铲中的带土体积, 其中,V s表示铲土铲的最大带土体积。
In the second step, when the height value of the second discrete operation area is greater than the expected height of the plot to be operated, use the formula
Figure PCTCN2021133953-appb-000028
Calculate the soil carrying volume in the shovel after the grader reaches the second discrete work area, where V s represents the maximum carrying soil volume of the shovel.
当h j>H时,表征第二离散作业区域是一个土包,平地机在作业过程中按照子步骤S1054-2的内容将其铲平。 When h j >H, it indicates that the second discrete operation area is a soil bag, and the grader will level it according to the content of sub-step S1054-2 during the operation.
如果V j-1+|H-h j|s j≤V s,则表征铲土铲能装下铲平这个土包的土,此时,铲土铲中全部土的体积为铲土铲中原有土的体积与这个土包的体积之和,即,V j+|H-h j|s jIf V j-1 +|Hh j |s j ≤V s , it means that the shovel can hold the soil to level the soil bag. At this time, the volume of the total soil in the shovel is the original soil in the shovel. The sum of the volume of and the volume of this earth bag, namely, V j +|Hh j |s j .
如果V j-1+|H-h j|s j>V s,则表征铲土铲不能装下铲平这个土包的土,此时,铲土铲中全部土的体积为铲土铲的最大带土体积,即,V sIf V j-1 +|Hh j |s j >V s , it means that the shovel cannot hold the soil for leveling the soil bag. At this time, the volume of all soil in the shovel is the maximum band of the shovel. The soil volume, ie, V s .
S1054-5,确定第二离散作业区域是否为目标备用路径上的最后一个离散作业区域。S1054-5: Determine whether the second discrete operation area is the last discrete operation area on the target backup path.
若是,即第二离散作业区域是目标备用路径上的最后一个离散作业区域,则执行子步骤S1054-7;若否,即第二离散作业区域不是目标备用路径上的最后一个离散作业区域,则执行子步骤S1054-6。If yes, that is, the second discrete operation area is the last discrete operation area on the target backup path, then execute sub-step S1054-7; if not, that is, the second discrete operation area is not the last discrete operation area on the target backup path, then Substep S1054-6 is executed.
S1054-6,利用第二离散作业区域替代第一离散作业区域。之后返回执行子步骤S1054-1,直至第二离散作业区域为目标备用路径上的最后一个离散作业区域,得到目标备用路径的工作效率。S1054-6, replace the first discrete operation area with the second discrete operation area. After that, return to executing sub-step S1054-1 until the second discrete operation area is the last discrete operation area on the target backup path, so as to obtain the work efficiency of the target backup path.
S1054-7,将第二离散作业区域的工作效率作为目标备用路径的工作效率。S1054-7, take the work efficiency of the second discrete work area as the work efficiency of the target backup path.
需要指出的是,当第一离散作业区域为目标备用路径上的第一个离散作业区域时,第一离散作业区域的工作效率为第一离散作业区域的高度变化值与预设的工作效率初始值之和。It should be pointed out that when the first discrete operation area is the first discrete operation area on the target backup path, the work efficiency of the first discrete operation area is the height change value of the first discrete operation area and the preset initial work efficiency. sum of values.
可选地,工作效率初始值为0。也就是,当第一离散作业区域为目标备用路径上的第一个离散作业区域时,第一离散作业区域的工作效率为第一离散作业区域的高度变化值,即,e 1=Δh 1Optionally, the initial value of work efficiency is 0. That is, when the first discrete operation area is the first discrete operation area on the target alternate path, the work efficiency of the first discrete operation area is the height change value of the first discrete operation area, ie, e 1 =Δh 1 .
S106,依据每条备用路径的工作效率,从多条候选路径中确定出平地路径(即目标平地路径)。S106, according to the working efficiency of each backup path, determine a flat path (ie, a target flat path) from the multiple candidate paths.
按照上述步骤S105的内容计算出每条备用路径的工作效率之后,就能根据每条备用路径的工作效率,从每条备用路径对应的候选路径中确定出平地路径,该平地路径可以是平地机的土地平整效率最高的候选路径,例如,将工作效率最高的备用路径对应的候选路径作为平地路径。After the work efficiency of each backup path is calculated according to the content of the above step S105, a grader path can be determined from the candidate paths corresponding to each backup path according to the work efficiency of each backup path, and the grader path can be a grader. The candidate path with the highest land leveling efficiency, for example, the candidate path corresponding to the backup path with the highest work efficiency is used as the leveling path.
在另外一些实施例中,确定目标作业范围内的目标平地路径步骤,包括:获取作业设备在目标作业范围对应的待作业地块内的至少一条备用路径;获取每条备用路径各自对应的所有离散点;依据每条备用路径各自对应的所有离散点,计算每条备用路径各自的工作效率;依据每条备用路径各自的工作效率,从所述备用路径中确定出目标平地路径。也就是说,本申请实施例无需对待作业地块的地块边界进行内缩处理,且无需基于候选路径得到备用路径。即,在本申请实施例中,直接获取作业设备在目标作业范围对应的待作业地块内的至少一条备用路径即可。In some other embodiments, the step of determining the target leveling path within the target operation scope includes: acquiring at least one backup path of the operating equipment in the plot to be operated corresponding to the target operation scope; obtaining all discrete paths corresponding to each backup path According to all the discrete points corresponding to each alternate path, the respective work efficiency of each alternate path is calculated; according to the respective work efficiency of each alternate path, the target flat ground path is determined from the alternate paths. That is to say, in this embodiment of the present application, it is not necessary to perform indentation processing on the parcel boundary of the parcel to be operated, and it is not necessary to obtain an alternate route based on the candidate route. That is, in the embodiment of the present application, it is sufficient to directly acquire at least one backup path of the operation equipment in the to-be-operated plot corresponding to the target operation range.
在一些实施例中,获取作业设备在所述目标作业范围对应的待作业地块内的至少一条备用路径,包括:对待作业地块的地块边界进行内缩处理,以得到待作业地块的可靠边界;获取作业设备在待作业地块内的多条候选路径;获取多条候选路径中的任意一条目标候选路径;将目标候选路径离散化为多个离散点;以目标候选路径的起点开始,逐个确定多个离散点是否在可靠边界内,其中,起点位于可靠边界内;若当前确定的当前离散点不在可靠边界内,则删除当前离散点的前一个离散点后的路径部分,得到目标候选路径对应的备用路径;返回获取多条候选路径中的任意一条目标候选路径的步骤,直至得到每条候选路径对应的备用路径。In some embodiments, acquiring at least one backup path of the operation equipment in the to-be-operated plot corresponding to the target operation range includes: performing indentation processing on the plot boundary of the to-be-operated plot to obtain the to-be-operated plot Reliable boundary; obtain multiple candidate paths of the operating equipment in the plot to be operated; obtain any target candidate path among the multiple candidate paths; discretize the target candidate path into multiple discrete points; start with the starting point of the target candidate path , determine whether multiple discrete points are within the reliable boundary one by one, where the starting point is within the reliable boundary; if the currently determined current discrete point is not within the reliable boundary, delete the part of the path after the previous discrete point of the current discrete point to obtain the target The backup path corresponding to the candidate path; returns to the step of obtaining any target candidate path among the multiple candidate paths, until the backup path corresponding to each candidate path is obtained.
在一些实施例中,获取作业设备在目标作业范围对应的待作业地块内的至少一条备用路径,包括:对待作业地块的地块边界进行内缩处理,以得到待作业地块的可靠边界;删除多条候选路径中所有的特定候选路径,得到至少一条备用路径,其中,特定候选路径中存在部分路径超出可靠边界。In some embodiments, acquiring at least one backup path of the operation equipment in the plot to be operated corresponding to the target operation range includes: performing indentation processing on the plot boundary of the plot to be operated to obtain a reliable boundary of the plot to be operated ; delete all specific candidate paths in the multiple candidate paths to obtain at least one alternate path, wherein some of the specific candidate paths exceed the reliable boundary.
请参照图21,图21示出了本申请另一实施例提供的平地路径生成方法的流程示意图。该平地路径生成方法应用于用于控制平地机进行平地工作的处理设备,处理设备可以包括但不限于:平地机自身的控制模块、农机自动驾驶设备。该平地路径生成方法包括以下步骤:Referring to FIG. 21 , FIG. 21 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for generating a flat path provided by another embodiment of the present application. The method for generating a leveling path is applied to a processing device for controlling a leveler to perform leveling work, and the processing device may include, but is not limited to, a control module of the leveler itself, and an automatic driving device for agricultural machinery. The flat path generation method includes the following steps:
S201,获得平地机在待作业地块的至少一条备用路径,其中,至少一条备用路径是对平地机在待作业地块的多条候选路径进行处理得到的,且每条备用路径均在待作业地块的可靠边界内。S201, at least one backup path of the grader on the plot to be operated is obtained, wherein the at least one backup path is obtained by processing multiple candidate paths of the grader on the plot to be operated, and each backup path is Within the reliable boundaries of the parcel.
S202,获取每条备用路径对应的所有离散点。S202: Acquire all discrete points corresponding to each backup path.
S203,依据每条备用路径对应的所有离散点,计算每条备用路径的工作效率。S203: Calculate the work efficiency of each backup path according to all discrete points corresponding to each backup path.
S204,依据每条备用路径的工作效率,从多条候选路径中确定出平地路径。S204, according to the working efficiency of each backup path, determine a flat path from the multiple candidate paths.
请参照图22,图22示出了本申请又一实施例提供的平地路径生成方法的流程示意图。该平地路径生成方法应用于用于控制平地机进行平地工作的处理设备,处理设备可以包括但不限于:平地机自身的控制模块、农机自动驾驶设备。该平地路径生成方法包括以下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 22. FIG. 22 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for generating a flat path provided by another embodiment of the present application. The method for generating a leveling path is applied to a processing device for controlling a leveler to perform leveling work, and the processing device may include, but is not limited to, a control module of the leveler itself, and an automatic driving device for agricultural machinery. The flat path generation method includes the following steps:
S301,对待作业地块的地块边界进行内缩处理,得到待作业地块的可靠边界。S301, performing indentation processing on the plot boundary of the to-be-operated plot to obtain a reliable boundary of the to-be-operated plot.
S302,获取平地机在待作业地块的多条候选路径。S302, acquiring multiple candidate paths of the grader on the plot to be operated.
S303,对多条候选路径进行处理,得到平地机在待作业地块的至少一条备用路径,其中,每条备用路径均在可靠边界内。S303: Process the multiple candidate paths to obtain at least one backup path of the grader on the plot to be operated, wherein each backup path is within a reliable boundary.
S304,依据每条备用路径的工作效率,从多条候选路径中确定出平地路径,其中,工作效率是依据每条备用路径对应的所有离散点进行计算得到的。S304, according to the working efficiency of each backup path, determine a flat path from the multiple candidate paths, wherein the working efficiency is calculated according to all discrete points corresponding to each backup path.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的步骤S201~S204的具体过程、以及步骤S301~S304的具体过程,可以参考前述步骤S101~S106中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific processes of steps S201-S204 and the specific processes of steps S301-S304 described above can refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing steps S101-S106, It is not repeated here.
当通过纯人工操作的方式来使用作业设备进行作业时,以使用平地机进行土地平整为例,用户必须实际操作平地机,并根据观察和估测来进行土地平整,这容易出现作业重叠或遗漏的情况。同时,用户需要不断调头查看铲土量,以免长时间超载或空载,这增加了劳作强度和成本,降低了平地效率。显然,这种方式无法优化平地机的工作效率。When using the operation equipment to perform operations by purely manual operation, taking the use of a grader for land leveling as an example, the user must actually operate the grader and perform land leveling based on observations and estimates, which is prone to overlapping or omission of operations. Case. At the same time, users need to constantly turn around to check the amount of soil to be shoveled, so as to avoid overloading or no-loading for a long time, which increases labor intensity and cost, and reduces the efficiency of leveling. Obviously, this method cannot optimize the work efficiency of the grader.
当通过沿固定路径作业的方式来使用作业设备进行作业时,以使用平地机进行土地平整为例,在平地机作业前可以预先规划好在整个作业地块(又称目标作业地块)上作业的作业路径,然后平地机根据该作业路径进行土地平整。但是这种方式所规划出的路径通常是连续型S路线、跨越型S路线、螺旋型路线和对角型路线等,这些路径无法提升平地机的平地效率,无法减少平地机的作业时间。虽然这种方式具有一定的提高地块平整度的效果,但是这种方式无法很好地控制平地机的负载,会导致平地机在作业时容易劳损。即,这种方式也无法优化平地机的工作效率。When using the work equipment to work by working along a fixed path, taking the use of a grader for land leveling as an example, it can be pre-planned to work on the entire work plot (also known as the target work plot) before the grader works. the working path, and then the grader performs land leveling according to the working path. However, the paths planned by this method are usually continuous S routes, spanning S routes, spiral routes and diagonal routes, etc. These routes cannot improve the leveling efficiency of the grader and cannot reduce the operation time of the grader. Although this method has a certain effect of improving the flatness of the land, this method cannot control the load of the grader well, which will cause the grader to be easily damaged during operation. That is, this approach also fails to optimize the work efficiency of the motor grader.
为了优化作业设备的工作效率,则需要考虑将实时路径规划的方法应用到这些作业设备上,但是目前的实时路径规划方法通常只能应用在移动机器人上。由于移动机器人与平地机等作业设备结构以及运行机制上的不同(例如,移动机器人在改变朝向时可以直接原地变向,而平地机等作业设备在改变朝向时需要边移动边改变朝向),目前的实时路径规划方法并不能直接应用在平地机等作业设备上。即使直接将目前的实时路径规划的方法直接应用到这些作业设备上,也会由于作业目的的特殊性,导致作业设备陷入死区,无法有效地进行作业的问题。In order to optimize the work efficiency of the operation equipment, it is necessary to consider applying the real-time path planning method to these operation equipment, but the current real-time path planning method can usually only be applied to mobile robots. Due to the difference in structure and operating mechanism between mobile robots and graders (for example, mobile robots can change their orientation directly in situ when changing orientation, while graders and other work equipment need to move and change orientation when changing orientation), The current real-time path planning methods cannot be directly applied to work equipment such as graders. Even if the current real-time path planning method is directly applied to these operating equipments, due to the particularity of the operation purpose, the operating equipment will fall into a dead zone and cannot perform the operation effectively.
死区可以理解为作业设备无法走出的某个区域。例如,作业设备无法前进也无法后退时所处的死胡同区域,或者,作业设备处于一直打转时所在的某个区域,或者,作业设备在作业过程中经过一定时间后会不断回到原位,如此循环往复工作时所在的某个区域。A dead zone can be understood as an area where the work equipment cannot go out. For example, the dead-end area where the work equipment is unable to move forward or backward, or the work equipment is in an area where it is always spinning, or the work equipment will continue to return to the original position after a certain period of time during the operation, so An area in which to cycle back and forth.
为了改善上述现有技术中的种种缺陷,本申请实施例提出了一种脱离死区的路径规划方法及相关装置,其能够有效地使得作业设备脱离死区。需要说明的是,以上现有技术中的技术方案所存在的种种缺陷,均是发明人经过仔细的实践研究后得出的结果,因此,上述问题的发现过程以及下文中本申请实施例针对上述问题所提出的解决方案,都应该是发明人在实现本申请过程中对本申请做出的贡献。In order to improve the above-mentioned various defects in the prior art, the embodiments of the present application propose a path planning method and a related device for getting out of the dead zone, which can effectively make the working equipment get out of the dead zone. It should be noted that the various defects existing in the above technical solutions in the prior art are the results obtained by the inventor after careful practical research. Therefore, the discovery process of the above-mentioned problems and the following examples of the present application are aimed at the above-mentioned problems. The solutions proposed for the problems should all be the contributions made by the inventor to the present application in the process of realizing the present application.
首先,本申请实施例提供了一种能够有效地使得作业设备脱离死区的技术方案。请参考图23,为本申请实施例所提供的作业设备控制单元的结构框图。该作业设备控制单元130可以包括:存储器131、处理器132。该存储器131、处理器132可以与通信接口134之间直接地或间接地电性连接,以实现数据的传输以及交互。例如,这些元件相互之间可通过总线133和/或信号线实现电性连接。First, the embodiments of the present application provide a technical solution that can effectively make the working equipment escape from the dead zone. Please refer to FIG. 23 , which is a structural block diagram of a work equipment control unit provided by an embodiment of the present application. The work equipment control unit 130 may include: a memory 131 and a processor 132 . The memory 131, the processor 132 and the communication interface 134 may be directly or indirectly electrically connected to realize data transmission and interaction. For example, these elements may be electrically connected to each other through the bus 133 and/or signal lines.
处理器132可以处理与脱离死区的路径规划有关的信息和/或数据,以执行本申请描述的一个或多个功能。例如,处理器132可以当作业设备位于死区时,更新作业设备的路径参数,并根据上述路径参数进行脱离死区的路径规划,能够有效地使得作业设备脱离死区。The processor 132 may process information and/or data related to path planning out of the dead zone to perform one or more functions described herein. For example, the processor 132 may update the path parameters of the work equipment when the work equipment is located in the dead zone, and perform path planning for leaving the dead zone according to the above path parameters, which can effectively make the work equipment escape from the dead zone.
其中,上述的存储器131可以是但不限于:固态硬盘(Solid State Disk,SSD)、机械硬盘(Hard Disk Drive,HDD)、只读存储器(Read Only Memory,ROM),可编程只读存储器(Programmable Read-Only Memory,PROM),可擦除只读存储器(Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory,EPROM),随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),电可擦除只读存储器(Electric Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory,EEPROM)等。Wherein, the above-mentioned memory 131 may be, but is not limited to: solid state hard disk (Solid State Disk, SSD), mechanical hard disk (Hard Disk Drive, HDD), read only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), programmable read only memory (Programmable read only memory) Read-Only Memory, PROM), Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EPROM), Random Access Memory (RAM), Electrical Erasable Programmable Read- Only Memory, EEPROM) etc.
上述的处理器132可以是但不限于:中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU)、网络处理器(Network Processor,NP)等;还可以是但不限于:专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processing,DSP)、现场可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。因此,上述的处理器132可以是一种具有信号处理能力的器件。The above-mentioned processor 132 can be, but not limited to: a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), a network processor (Network Processor, NP), etc.; also can be, but not limited to: an application specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC) ), Digital Signal Processing (DSP), Field-Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. Therefore, the above-mentioned processor 132 may be a device with signal processing capability.
图23所示的作业设备控制单元130的结构仅为一种示意结构,该作业设备控制单元130还可以包括比图23中所示的结构更多或者更少的组件或模块,或者具有与图23中所示的结构不同的配置或构造。并且,图23中所示的各组件可通过硬件、软件或两者的组合来实现。此外,根据实际应用时的需求的不同,本申请提供的作业设备控制单元130可以采用不同的配置或构造。例如,本申请所提供的作业设备控制单元130可以是作业设备的控制核心器件(例如平地机、农业用拖拉机、无人机、无人车、无人船等内部的控制器),也可以是具有通信、计算和存储功能的电子设备(例如服务器、云平台、计算机、手机、平板、农机自动驾驶仪等)。The structure of the work equipment control unit 130 shown in FIG. 23 is only a schematic structure, and the work equipment control unit 130 may further include more or less components or modules than the structure shown in FIG. 23 different configurations or configurations. Also, each component shown in FIG. 23 may be implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of both. In addition, the work equipment control unit 130 provided by the present application may adopt different configurations or structures according to different requirements in practical applications. For example, the operation equipment control unit 130 provided in the present application may be the control core device of the operation equipment (such as a controller inside a motor grader, agricultural tractor, unmanned aerial vehicle, unmanned vehicle, unmanned boat, etc.), or it may be a Electronic devices with communication, computing and storage functions (such as servers, cloud platforms, computers, mobile phones, tablets, agricultural autopilots, etc.).
因此,当本申请实施例所提供的作业设备控制单元130为作业设备的控制核心器件时,本申请还提供了一种作业设备,其能够有效地使得作业设备脱离死区。其中,由于本申请所提供的方法所应用的作业设备的类型并不仅限于平地机,还可以应用于农业用拖拉机、无人机、无人车、各种类型的载具、无人船等作业设备。Therefore, when the work equipment control unit 130 provided by the embodiment of the present application is the control core component of the work equipment, the present application also provides a work equipment, which can effectively make the work equipment escape from the dead zone. Among them, because the type of operation equipment to which the method provided in this application is applied is not limited to graders, it can also be applied to operations such as agricultural tractors, drones, unmanned vehicles, various types of vehicles, and unmanned boats. equipment.
为便于理解,请参照图24,为本申请实施例所提供的一种作业设备100的结构框图,该作业设备100可以包括机体110、动力设备120以及上述的作业设备控制单元130。该作业设备100的类型可以是平地机。For easy understanding, please refer to FIG. 24 , which is a structural block diagram of a work equipment 100 provided in an embodiment of the application. The work equipment 100 may include a body 110 , a power equipment 120 and the above-mentioned work equipment control unit 130 . The type of work equipment 100 may be a motor grader.
其中,动力设备120可以安装在上述的机体110,用于为作业设备100提供动力。由于该作业设备可以采用平地机的构造,动力设备120可以是平地机的驱动模块(包括发动机、底盘等),机体110可以是平地机的车身。作业设备控制单元130的存储器131存储有与脱离死区的路径规划方法相关的机器可读指令,处理器132可以执行该机器可读指令,进而当作业设备位于死区时,更新作业设备的路径参数,并根据上述路径参数确定是否控制作业设备100脱离死区,能够有效地使得作业设备脱离死区。Wherein, the power equipment 120 may be installed on the above-mentioned body 110 to provide power for the working equipment 100 . Since the working equipment can adopt the structure of a grader, the power equipment 120 can be a drive module (including an engine, a chassis, etc.) of the grader, and the body 110 can be the body of the grader. The memory 131 of the work equipment control unit 130 stores machine-readable instructions related to the path planning method out of the dead zone, and the processor 132 can execute the machine-readable instructions to update the path of the work equipment when the work equipment is located in the dead zone parameters, and determine whether to control the work equipment 100 to escape from the dead zone according to the above path parameters, which can effectively make the work equipment escape from the dead zone.
需要说明的是,图24所示的结构仅为一种示意,该作业设备100还可包括比图24中所示更多或者更少的组件,或者具有与图24所示不同的配置。It should be noted that the structure shown in FIG. 24 is only an illustration, and the working equipment 100 may further include more or less components than those shown in FIG. 24 , or have different configurations from those shown in FIG. 24 .
进一步地,当本申请所提供的作业设备控制单元130为具有通信、计算和存储功能的电子设备时,这些电子设备可以当作业设备位于死区时,更新作业设备的路径参数,并根据路径参数来确定是否控制作业设备100脱离死区,能够有效地使得作业设备脱离死区,实现本申请提供的作业设备的脱离死区的路径规划方法。Further, when the work equipment control unit 130 provided by the present application is an electronic device with communication, calculation and storage functions, these electronic devices can update the path parameters of the work equipment when the work equipment is located in the dead zone, and according to the path parameters To determine whether to control the work equipment 100 to escape from the dead zone, it can effectively make the work equipment escape from the dead zone, and realize the path planning method for the work equipment to escape from the dead zone provided by the present application.
下面,为了便于理解,本申请以下实施例将以图24所示的作业设备100为例,结合附图,对本申请实施例提供的脱离死区的路径规划方法进行阐述。Hereinafter, for ease of understanding, the following embodiments of the present application will take the work equipment 100 shown in FIG. 24 as an example, and in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, to describe the path planning method for leaving the dead zone provided by the embodiments of the present application.
请参照图25,图25示出了本申请一实施例提供的脱离死区的路径规划方法的流程图。该脱离死区的路径规划方法可以应用于上述作业设备控制单元130,该脱离死区的路径规划方法可以包括以下步骤。Please refer to FIG. 25. FIG. 25 shows a flowchart of a method for planning a path out of a dead zone provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method for planning a path out of the dead zone may be applied to the above-mentioned work equipment control unit 130, and the method for planning a path out of the dead zone may include the following steps.
S210,当作业设备位于死区时,更新作业设备的路径参数。S210, when the working equipment is located in the dead zone, update the path parameters of the working equipment.
示例性地,步骤S210的执行前提为,基于上述任一实施例提及的路径规划方法确定了目标作业范围内的目标平地路径,并基于目标平地路径指导作业设备作业。Exemplarily, step S210 is performed on the premise that, based on the path planning method mentioned in any of the above embodiments, a target level ground path within the target operation range is determined, and the operation of the operation equipment is guided based on the target level ground path.
在本申请实施例中,上述死区可以理解为作业设备无法走出的某个区域,例如,作业设备无法前进也无法后退时所处的死胡同区域,或者,作业设备处于一直打转时所在的某个区域,或者,作业设备在作业过程中经过一定时间后会不断回到原位,如此循环往复工作时所在的某个区域。In the embodiments of the present application, the above dead zone can be understood as a certain area where the work equipment cannot go out, for example, a dead end area where the work equipment cannot move forward or backward, or a certain area where the work equipment is always rotating An area, or a certain area where the working equipment will continue to return to its original position after a certain period of time during the operation, so as to cycle back and forth.
如图26中的“a”子图所示,作业设备100实时规划出的一段接一段的路径连接成为一个圆圈。或者如图26中的“b”子图所示,作业设备100实时规划出的一段接一段的路径连接成为一个“8”字圈。在图26所示的“a”子图中作业设备100会在一个区域中一直打转,在图26所示的“b”子图中,作业设备100会在一个死区中循环往复工作。从而,在图26所示的“a”子图和“b”子图中均会出现作业设备100沿路径循环作业无法脱离的情况。As shown in the sub-diagram "a" in FIG. 26 , the paths planned by the operation equipment 100 in real time are connected one by one into a circle. Or as shown in the "b" sub-diagram in Fig. 26, the segments of paths planned by the operation equipment 100 in real time are connected to form an "8" circle. In the "a" sub-figure shown in Fig. 26, the work equipment 100 rotates all the time in one area, and in the "b" sub-figure shown in Fig. 26, the work equipment 100 works cyclically in a dead zone. Therefore, in both the "a" subgraph and the "b" subgraph shown in FIG. 26 , the situation in which the work equipment 100 cannot be separated from the circulating work along the path may occur.
以及,如图27所示,作业设备100太靠近作业地块边界,而路径参数对应的区域超出作业地块边界。此时,作业设备100根据路径参数确定移动路径时,由于路径参数对应的区域超出作业地块边界,作业设备100根据路径参数所确定出的移动路径也会超出边界,导致作业设备100无法实时规划下一段路径,此时作业设备100无法前进也无法后退,作业设备100会停止作业。And, as shown in FIG. 27 , the work equipment 100 is too close to the boundary of the work lot, and the area corresponding to the path parameter is beyond the boundary of the work lot. At this time, when the operation equipment 100 determines the movement path according to the path parameters, since the area corresponding to the path parameters exceeds the boundary of the operation plot, the movement path determined by the operation equipment 100 according to the path parameters will also exceed the boundary, so that the operation equipment 100 cannot plan in real time In the next segment of the path, the work equipment 100 cannot move forward or backward at this time, and the work equipment 100 will stop working.
在本申请实施例中,作业设备的路径参数可以包括以下至少之一:作业范围、路径方向和路径曲率等。In this embodiment of the present application, the path parameters of the working equipment may include at least one of the following: a working range, a path direction, a path curvature, and the like.
其中,作业范围可以用于确定作业设备100的移动路径。以图28所示的应用场景为例,作业地块10上包括多块黑色区域(黑色区域可以理解为作业设备需要进行作业的区域,例如,在土地平整作业中的土堆),作业设备100的作业范围为区域S。作业设备100可以在区域S内确定出一段移动路径,然后沿该移动路径进行作业,并在作业过程中再根据作业范围确定出下一段移动路径。也即是说,作业设备可以不断根据作业范围确定移动路径,从而达到实时规划出一段接一段的路径进行作业的目的。Among them, the working range can be used to determine the moving path of the working equipment 100 . Taking the application scenario shown in FIG. 28 as an example, the operation plot 10 includes a plurality of black areas (the black area can be understood as the area where the operation equipment needs to perform operations, for example, the mound in the land leveling operation), the operation equipment 100 The scope of work is area S. The operation equipment 100 may determine a section of a movement path within the area S, and then perform operations along the movement path, and determine the next section of the movement path according to the operation range during the operation. That is to say, the operation equipment can continuously determine the moving path according to the operation scope, so as to achieve the purpose of planning the path section by section in real time for the operation.
S220,根据更新后的路径参数确定作业设备的脱离路径;脱离路径的终点位于死区外。S220: Determine the escape path of the working equipment according to the updated path parameters; the end point of the escape path is outside the dead zone.
由于更新后的路径参数与原来的路径参数不一致,作业设备100根据更新后的路径参数可以重新确定一条新的脱离路径(即对原来的移动路径进行更新),且该脱离路径的终点可以位于死区外。进而,由于脱离路径的终点位于死区外,因此,作业设备100可以沿该脱离路径顺利地从死区脱离出来。Since the updated path parameters are inconsistent with the original path parameters, the operation equipment 100 may re-determine a new escape path (ie, update the original moving path) according to the updated path parameters, and the end point of the escape path may be located at the dead end. outside the area. Furthermore, since the end point of the escape path is located outside the dead zone, the work equipment 100 can be smoothly escaped from the dead zone along the escape path.
应理解,当作业设备位于死区时,本申请可以更新作业设备的路径参数,然后可以根据更新后的路径参数确定作业设备的脱离路径,其中,脱离路径的终点位于死区外。由于脱离路径的终点位于死区外,进而作业设备沿该脱离路径移动即可脱离死区。因此,本申请实施例能够达到有效地使得作业设备脱离死区的有益效果。It should be understood that when the work equipment is located in the dead zone, the present application can update the path parameters of the work equipment, and then determine the escape path of the work equipment according to the updated path parameters, wherein the end point of the escape path is outside the dead zone. Since the end point of the escape path is located outside the dead zone, the working equipment can move out of the dead zone by moving along the escape path. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application can achieve the beneficial effect of effectively removing the working equipment from the dead zone.
在一些可能的实施例中,如图29所示,在S210之前,上述方法实施例还可以包括如下步骤。In some possible embodiments, as shown in FIG. 29 , before S210 , the foregoing method embodiments may further include the following steps.
S200,根据作业设备的移动参数,确定作业设备是否位于死区。S200, according to the movement parameters of the working equipment, determine whether the working equipment is located in the dead zone.
应理解,在作业设备沿移动路径进行的作业过程中,不断地执行S200,可以实时地根据作业设备的移动参数确定作业设备是否位于死区,并在作业设备位于死区时,及时控制作业设备脱离死区。It should be understood that during the operation of the operation equipment along the moving path, continuously executing S200 can determine whether the operation equipment is located in the dead zone according to the movement parameters of the operation equipment in real time, and when the operation equipment is located in the dead zone, timely control the operation equipment. out of the dead zone.
进一步地,S200可以包括如下实施方式之一。Further, S200 may include one of the following implementation manners.
方式1,当作业设备在当前作业路径上的工作效率小于或等于预设值时,确定作业设备位于死区。 Mode 1, when the working efficiency of the working equipment on the current working path is less than or equal to a preset value, it is determined that the working equipment is located in the dead zone.
由于死区可以理解为作业设备无法走出的某个区域,也即是说当作业设备100位于死区时其再继续进行作业的话会产生无用功,例如,当作业设备100出现沿循环路径作业或者无法实时规划下一段路径的情况时,其工作效率均为0。因此,可以通过作业设备在移动路径上的工作效率来判断作业设备是否位于死区。Since the dead zone can be understood as a certain area that the work equipment cannot go out, that is to say, when the work equipment 100 is located in the dead zone, it will generate useless work if it continues to work. When planning the next path in real time, the work efficiency is 0. Therefore, whether or not the work equipment is located in the dead zone can be determined by the work efficiency of the work equipment on the moving path.
例如,可以将作业设备100沿该移动路径作业时,其完成作业任务量与移动时间的比值作为作业设备在移动路径上的工作效率。For example, when the work equipment 100 works along the moving path, the ratio of the amount of the work completed and the moving time can be used as the work efficiency of the work equipment on the moving path.
在一些可能的实施例中,上述预设效率值可以表征作业设备沿移动路径作业的工作效率为0。也即是说,当作业设备在移动路径再继续进行作业时会产生无用功,此时作业设备位于死区。In some possible embodiments, the above-mentioned preset efficiency value may represent that the work efficiency of the work equipment working along the moving path is 0. That is to say, when the work equipment continues to work on the moving path, useless work will be generated, and at this time, the work equipment is located in the dead zone.
应理解,由于通过作业设备在移动路径上的工作效率即可确定出作业设备是否位于死区,无需再详细依据作业设备的具体运动状态数据进行判断。因此,通过执行方式1,可以简单准确地确定出作业设备100是否位于死区。It should be understood that, since it can be determined whether the work equipment is located in the dead zone through the working efficiency of the work equipment on the moving path, it is unnecessary to make a judgment based on the specific motion state data of the work equipment in detail. Therefore, by executing the method 1, it can be determined simply and accurately whether the work equipment 100 is located in the dead zone.
还应理解,通过上述方式1,确定出作业设备100是否位于死区的同时,也相当于确定出作业设备100是否处于沿循环路径作业或者无法实时规划下一段路径的情况。It should also be understood that, through the above method 1, while determining whether the operation equipment 100 is located in the dead zone, it is also equivalent to determining whether the operation equipment 100 is working along the circular path or cannot plan the next path in real time.
方式2,当作业设备的当前位置与作业地块边界的距离小于第二预设距离、且作业设备的当前机头朝向作业地块边界时,确定作业设备位于死区。Manner 2: When the distance between the current position of the operation equipment and the boundary of the operation plot is less than the second preset distance, and the current nose of the operation equipment faces the boundary of the operation plot, it is determined that the operation equipment is located in the dead zone.
由于作业设备100太靠近作业地块边界时,作业设备可能会处于无法前进也无法后退的情况,在该情况下作业设备100也处于死区无法脱离。因此,可以通过作业设备在移动路径上的当前位姿来判断作业设备100是否位于死区。When the work equipment 100 is too close to the boundary of the work field, the work equipment may be in a situation where it cannot move forward or backward, and in this case, the work equipment 100 is also in a dead zone and cannot escape. Therefore, it can be determined whether or not the working equipment 100 is located in the dead zone by the current posture of the working equipment on the moving path.
即,作业设备的当前位置与作业地块边界的距离小于第二预设距离、且作业设备的当前机头朝向作业地块边界时,表示作业设备100太靠近作业地块边界,此时作业设备100无法前进也无法后退,位于死区。That is, when the distance between the current position of the operation equipment and the boundary of the operation plot is less than the second preset distance, and the current nose of the operation equipment faces the boundary of the operation plot, it means that the operation equipment 100 is too close to the boundary of the operation plot. At this time, the operation equipment The 100 cannot go forward or backward, and is in a dead zone.
如图30所示,假设第二预设距离为L,作业设备的当前位置为P,当前朝向为PA,显然,作业设备的当前位置P与作业设备的作业地块边界的距离小于L,并且作业设备的当前朝向PA指向作业地块边界,此时可以确定作业设备位于死区。As shown in FIG. 30 , assuming that the second preset distance is L, the current position of the operation equipment is P, and the current orientation is PA, obviously, the distance between the current position P of the operation equipment and the boundary of the operation plot of the operation equipment is less than L, and The current orientation PA of the working equipment points to the boundary of the working plot, and at this time, it can be determined that the working equipment is located in the dead zone.
需要说明的是,当作业设备100为平地机时,上述的第二预设距离L需要满足:L>d min,d min≥W,d min为最小安全距离,W为平地机的机铲宽度(也可理解为作业宽度);并且,假设平地机最小转弯半径为TR,则上述的第二预设距离L还可以设置为:L≥d min+2×TR。 It should be noted that, when the work equipment 100 is a grader, the above-mentioned second preset distance L needs to satisfy: L>d min , d min ≥W, d min is the minimum safety distance, and W is the shovel width of the grader (It can also be understood as the working width); and, assuming that the minimum turning radius of the grader is TR, the above-mentioned second preset distance L can also be set as: L≧d min +2×TR.
应理解,由于通过作业设备的当前位姿即可确定出作业设备是否位于死区,无需根据作业设备的具体运动状态数据进行判断。因此,通过方式2,可以简单准确地确定出作业设备100是否位于死区。It should be understood that, since it can be determined whether the working equipment is located in the dead zone through the current posture of the working equipment, it is not necessary to make a judgment based on the specific motion state data of the working equipment. Therefore, through the method 2, it can be determined simply and accurately whether the work equipment 100 is located in the dead zone.
还应理解,通过执行上述方式1和方式2,在确定出作业设备100是否位于死区的同时,也相当于确定出作业设备100是否处于无法实时规划下一段路径的情况。It should also be understood that by implementing the above-mentioned methods 1 and 2, while determining whether the operation equipment 100 is located in the dead zone, it is also equivalent to determining whether the operation equipment 100 is in a situation where the next path cannot be planned in real time.
在一些可能的实施例中,当上述路径参数包括作业范围时,上述S210中,更新作业设备的路径参数的方式可以包括:以设定方式更新作业设备的作业范围。In some possible embodiments, when the above-mentioned path parameters include a work range, in the above-mentioned S210, the method of updating the path parameters of the work equipment may include: updating the work range of the work equipment in a setting manner.
其中,该设定方式包括以下至少之一:平移作业设备的作业范围、扩大作业设备的作业范围。Wherein, the setting method includes at least one of the following: translating the working range of the working device, and expanding the working range of the working device.
例如,可以根据预设值扩大作业设备的作业范围,该预设值可以是预设常数(例如,3米、4米等),也可以是作业设备100的作业宽度。For example, the working range of the working device can be expanded according to a preset value, which can be a preset constant (eg, 3 meters, 4 meters, etc.), or the working width of the working device 100 .
其中,当作业设备100为平地机时,该预设值还可以是平地机机铲的宽度。Wherein, when the working equipment 100 is a grader, the preset value may also be the width of the grader shovel.
如图31所示,该图显示了扩大作业设备的作业范围的情况,其原来的移动路径为K1,原来的作业范围为区域S,扩大后的作业范围为区域S1。为了使得作业设备100能够脱离死区,可以根据扩大后的作业范围对原来的移动路径进行更新,确定出下一段移动路径K2,该移动路径K1的终点位于死区外。进而,作业设备100可以沿该移动路径K2移动作业,即可脱离死区。As shown in FIG. 31 , the figure shows the case where the work range of the work equipment is expanded, the original moving path is K1 , the original work range is area S, and the expanded work range is area S1 . In order to enable the working equipment 100 to escape from the dead zone, the original moving path can be updated according to the expanded working range, and the next moving path K2 can be determined, and the end point of the moving path K1 is outside the dead zone. Furthermore, the work equipment 100 can move the work along the moving path K2, and can escape from the dead zone.
在另一些可能的实施例中,在“根据预设值扩大作业设备的作业范围”时,预设值可以大于或等于作业设备的作业宽度。例如,假设作业范围的半径为r,作业设备的作业宽度为W,预设值为d(d≥W),则此时可以根据r`=r+d扩大作业范围的半径,扩大后的作业范围的半径为r`。In some other possible embodiments, when “expanding the working range of the working device according to the preset value”, the preset value may be greater than or equal to the working width of the working device. For example, if the radius of the working range is r, the working width of the working equipment is W, and the preset value is d (d≥W), then the radius of the working range can be expanded according to r`=r+d, and the expanded work The radius of the range is r`.
再比如,可以根据设定移动方向、移动步进,将当前的作业范围在作业地图上平移,以便规划从当前位置低到平移后的作业范围的路径。For another example, the current working range can be translated on the working map according to the set moving direction and moving step, so as to plan a path from the current position down to the shifted working range.
进一步地,当上述路径参数包括作业范围时,如图32所示,上述S220的可能实施方式可以包括如下步骤:Further, when the above-mentioned path parameters include a work range, as shown in FIG. 32 , a possible implementation of the above-mentioned S220 may include the following steps:
S220-1,根据更新后的作业范围,确定出至少一条预选路径。其中,每条预选路径的终点均位于死区外。S220-1: Determine at least one preselected path according to the updated operation scope. The endpoints of each preselected path are located outside the dead zone.
S220-2,确定每条预选路径的工作效率。S220-2, determining the work efficiency of each preselected path.
如图33所示,假设作业设备100的更新后的作业范围为区域S1,可以先在区域S中确定多条预选移动路径,分别为“K1”、“K2”、“K3”,这些移动路径均位于该区域S1内,且每条预选路径的终点均位于死区外。然后,作业设备100可以结合作业地块的实际地形以及作业任务确定“K1”、“K2”、“K3”的工作效率。As shown in FIG. 33 , assuming that the updated work range of the work equipment 100 is the area S1, a plurality of preselected moving paths may be determined in the area S, which are respectively “K1”, “K2”, and “K3”. These moving paths are located in the area S1, and the end point of each preselected path is located outside the dead zone. Then, the work equipment 100 may determine the work efficiency of "K1", "K2", and "K3" in combination with the actual terrain of the work plot and the work task.
作为一种实现方式,确定预选路径的工作效率的方式可以是获取预选路径上存在的凸块和凹块的第一空间体积,然后获取整个作业地块中存在的凸块和凹块的第二空间体积,根据第一空间体积和第二空间体积之间的比例,确定作业效率。其中,凸块可以理解为作业地块中地势比较高的地方,如小凸包;凹块可以理解为作业地块中地势比较低的地方,如凹坑。As an implementation manner, the work efficiency of the preselected path may be determined by acquiring the first space volume of the bumps and concave blocks existing on the preselected path, and then acquiring the second volume of the convex blocks and concave blocks existing in the entire work plot. The space volume, according to the ratio between the first space volume and the second space volume, determines the operation efficiency. Among them, the convex block can be understood as a place with relatively high terrain in the operation plot, such as a small convex hull; the concave block can be understood as a place with relatively low terrain in the operation block, such as a pit.
S220-3,将工作效率满足预设条件的其中一条预选路径作为脱离路径。S220-3, taking one of the preselected paths whose work efficiency meets the preset condition as the escape path.
其中,预设条件包括以下至少之一:工作效率大于预设阈值、工作效率在确定所得的所有工作效率中值最大。Wherein, the preset condition includes at least one of the following: the work efficiency is greater than a preset threshold, and the work efficiency is the largest among all the determined work efficiencies.
在一些可能的实施例中,上述的预设阈值可以表征作业设备在预选路径的工作效率为0,在S220-3中,由于所确定出的脱离路径至少满足工作效率大于预设阈值或者在所有预选路径中工作效率的值最大,因此,本实施例可以根据更新后的作业范围,确定出工作效率最高的预选路径作为脱离路径,使得作业设备不仅能够脱离死区,还能以最高的工作效率进行作业,进而可以提升作业设备的工作效率。In some possible embodiments, the above-mentioned preset threshold may represent that the work efficiency of the operation equipment on the preselected path is 0. In S220-3, since the determined escape path at least satisfies that the work efficiency is greater than the preset threshold or is in all The value of work efficiency in the preselected path is the largest. Therefore, in this embodiment, the preselected path with the highest work efficiency can be determined as the escape path according to the updated work range, so that the work equipment can not only escape from the dead zone, but also work with the highest work efficiency. Carry out work, thereby improving the work efficiency of the work equipment.
在一些可能的实施例中,当上述路径参数包括路径方向和路径曲率时,在上述S210中,更新作业设备的路径参数的方式可以包括:根据作业设备的当前位置、当前机头朝向和最小转弯半径更新作业设备当前路径的路径方向和路径曲率。其中,路径曲率可以包括用于表示路径上每个点或预设数量的点的曲率,这些点的曲率可以都相同,也可以都不同。In some possible embodiments, when the above-mentioned path parameters include a path direction and a path curvature, in the above-mentioned S210, the way of updating the path parameters of the working equipment may include: according to the current position of the working equipment, the current nose orientation and the minimum turn Radius updates the path direction and path curvature of the current path of the work equipment. The path curvature may include a curvature used to represent each point or a preset number of points on the path, and the curvatures of these points may all be the same or may be different.
其中,上述当前机头朝向为作业设备的行驶朝向,例如,当作业设备为平地机时,当前机头朝向为平地机的行驶朝向,或者为平地机转向轮的朝向。The current nose orientation is the running orientation of the work equipment. For example, when the work equipment is a grader, the current head orientation is the running orientation of the grader, or the orientation of the steering wheel of the grader.
进一步地,当上述路径参数包括路径方向和路径曲率时,上述S220的可能实施方式可以包括如下步骤:以作业设备的当前位置为起点,根据更新后的路径方向和路径曲率生成包含转弯弧段或者包含转弯弧段和直线段的脱离路径。Further, when the above-mentioned path parameters include a path direction and a path curvature, a possible implementation of the above-mentioned S220 may include the following steps: taking the current position of the working equipment as a starting point, and generating an arc segment including a turning arc according to the updated path direction and path curvature or A breakaway path containing turn arcs and straight segments.
其中,转弯弧段的曲率半径大于或等于作业设备的最小转弯半径。Among them, the radius of curvature of the turning arc is greater than or equal to the minimum turning radius of the work equipment.
如图30所示,作业设备的当前位置P与作业地块边界的距离小于预设距离L,且当前朝向PA指向作业地块边界,此时,可以以P为起点,根据作业设备的路径方向和路径曲率生成包含转弯弧段或者包含转弯弧段和直线段的脱离路径PQ。As shown in Figure 30, the distance between the current position P of the operation equipment and the boundary of the operation plot is less than the preset distance L, and the current direction PA points to the boundary of the operation plot. At this time, P can be used as the starting point, according to the path direction of the operation equipment and path curvature to generate breakaway path PQs that contain either turn arcs or both turn arcs and straight segments.
可选地,可以以作业设备的当前位置为起点,根据直线段和/或转弯弧段生成脱离路径,其中,转弯弧段的半径大于或等于作业设备的最小转弯半径,脱离路径上任一点的曲率半径均大于最小转弯半径。Optionally, the current position of the work equipment can be used as the starting point, and the escape path can be generated according to the straight line segment and/or the turning arc segment, wherein the radius of the turning arc segment is greater than or equal to the minimum turning radius of the work equipment, and the curvature of any point on the escape path is The radii are all larger than the minimum turning radius.
例如,上述的转弯弧段可以是圆弧段,可以根据圆弧段和直线段生成多个包括:圆弧段、直线段-圆弧段、圆弧段-直线段、或前面三种路径的组合路径,然后从这些路径中选出脱离路径。For example, the above-mentioned turning arc segment can be a circular arc segment, and multiple arc segments can be generated according to the circular arc segment and the straight line segment, including: circular arc segment, straight line segment-circular arc segment, circular arc segment-straight line segment, or the preceding three paths. Combine paths, and then select the escape path from these paths.
更进一步地,在生成脱离路径的过程中,还以位于死区外的位置点为终点去生成脱离路径。如图30所示,Q点为死区之外的位置点。Furthermore, in the process of generating the escape path, the escape path is also generated with the position point outside the dead zone as the end point. As shown in Figure 30, the Q point is a position outside the dead zone.
或者,当死区为由作业地块的地块边界和作业地块中与地块边界之间满足预设距离的界线形成的区域时,在生成脱离路径的过程中,还以与地块边界之间的距离大于或等于第一预设距离的位置点为路径方向背离地块边界的拐点,去生成脱离路径;其中,拐点为脱离路径上距离地块边界最近的点。Or, when the dead zone is an area formed by the plot boundary of the operation plot and the boundary line between the operation plot and the plot boundary that satisfies the preset distance, in the process of generating the escape path, it is also used with the plot boundary. The position points whose distance is greater than or equal to the first preset distance are the inflection points where the path direction deviates from the boundary of the plot to generate the escape path; wherein, the inflection point is the closest point on the escape path to the boundary of the plot.
在本申请实施例中,继续参照图30,作业设备的当前位置P与作业地块边界的距离小于预设距离L,且当前朝向PA指向作业地块边界,也即是说,此时死区为由作业地块的地块边界和作业地块中与地块边界之间满足预设距离的界线形成的区域。进而,可以以与地块边界之间的距离大于或等于第一预设距离的位置点为路径方向背离地块边界的拐点,去生成脱离路径,例如,假设第一预设距离为D,则可以在距离地块边界D处确定一点M作为拐点,然后生成一条包括拐点和终点的脱离路径PQ,M为脱离路径PQ的拐点,M点为脱离路径PQ上距离作业地块边界最近的点,而PQ上从M点至Q点之间的点逐渐远离作业地块边界。In the embodiment of the present application, referring to FIG. 30 , the distance between the current position P of the working equipment and the boundary of the working plot is less than the preset distance L, and the current direction PA points to the boundary of the working plot, that is to say, the dead zone is at this time. It is an area formed by the parcel boundary of the operation parcel and the boundary line in the operation parcel that meets the preset distance from the parcel boundary. Further, a position point whose distance from the boundary of the plot is greater than or equal to the first preset distance can be used as the inflection point of the path direction away from the boundary of the plot to generate the escape path. For example, assuming that the first preset distance is D, then A point M can be determined as the inflection point at the distance D from the boundary of the plot, and then an escape path PQ including the inflection point and the end point is generated, where M is the inflection point of the escape path PQ, and the point M is the closest point on the escape path PQ to the boundary of the work plot. On the PQ, the points from point M to point Q are gradually away from the boundary of the operating plot.
进一步地,当还以拐点生成脱离路径时,拐点所在的路径段的终点与拐点之间的路径段的长度大于或等于预设长度阈值。例如,若假设预设长度阈值为4米,则PQ上从M点至Q点之间的线段MQ≥4米。Further, when the escape path is also generated with an inflection point, the length of the path segment between the end point of the path segment where the inflection point is located and the inflection point is greater than or equal to a preset length threshold. For example, if it is assumed that the preset length threshold is 4 meters, the line segment MQ from point M to point Q on PQ is ≥4 meters.
应理解,由于拐点为脱离路径上距离作业地块边界最近的点,脱离路径上从拐点到末端点之间的 点逐渐远离作业地块边界,也即是说,该脱离路径的末端朝向背离作业地块边界,当作业设备沿该脱离路径移动至路径末端时,其可以实现方向的调转,并在调转方向后由于不再朝向作业地块边界。也即是说,假设PQ上的MQ段与作业地块边界的夹角为θ,并假设夹角大于0表示MQ段的方向背离作业地块边界;夹角小于0表示MQ段的方向朝向作业地块边界,则有0≤θ≤ρ。其中,ρ为一个预设的角度值,可以根据实验预设得到,避免因夹角θ过大而导致MQ段的曲率不能满足作业设备的转弯需求。需要说明的是,如果MQ段为曲线,上述夹角θ可以相应地表示为MQ段的切线和作业地块边界的夹角。It should be understood that since the inflection point is the closest point to the boundary of the work plot on the breakaway path, the points between the inflection point and the end point on the breakaway path gradually move away from the boundary of the work plot, that is to say, the end of the breakaway path faces the deviation from the work. The boundary of the field, when the working equipment moves along the escape path to the end of the path, it can realize the direction reversal, and after the direction is reversed, it will no longer face the boundary of the work field. That is to say, it is assumed that the angle between the MQ section on the PQ and the boundary of the operation plot is θ, and if the included angle is greater than 0, it means that the direction of the MQ section deviates from the boundary of the operation plot; if the included angle is less than 0, the direction of the MQ section is towards the operation. For plot boundaries, 0≤θ≤ρ. Among them, ρ is a preset angle value, which can be obtained according to the experimental preset, so as to avoid that the curvature of the MQ section cannot meet the turning requirements of the operation equipment due to the excessively large included angle θ. It should be noted that, if the MQ segment is a curve, the above-mentioned included angle θ can be correspondingly expressed as the included angle between the tangent of the MQ segment and the boundary of the operating plot.
此时,作业设备100可以确定终点位于死区外的下一段移动路径,并沿该下一段移动路径移动即可脱离死区。At this time, the work equipment 100 may determine the next segment of the moving path whose end point is outside the dead zone, and move along the next segment of the moving path to escape the dead zone.
可选地,对于如何“以作业设备的当前位置为起点,根据更新后的路径方向和路径曲率生成包含转弯弧段或者包含转弯弧段和直线段的脱离路径”,还可以将“包括直线段和/或转弯弧段”、“脱离路径包括拐点和终点,拐点为转弯路径上距离作业地块边界最近的点,脱离路径上从拐点到末端点之间的点逐渐远离作业地块边界”、“转弯弧段的半径大于或等于作业设备的最小转弯半径,脱离路径上任一点的曲率半径均大于最小转弯半径”作为约束条件,采用路径搜索算法,直接生成满足上述约束条件的脱离路径。Optionally, with regard to how to "take the current position of the working equipment as the starting point, and generate a breakaway path including a turning arc segment or a turning arc segment and a straight and/or turning arcs", "The breakaway path includes an inflection point and an end point, the turning point is the point on the turning path that is closest to the boundary of the work plot, and the points between the turning point and the end point on the breakaway path are gradually away from the boundary of the work plot", "The radius of the turning arc is greater than or equal to the minimum turning radius of the operating equipment, and the radius of curvature of any point on the escape path is greater than the minimum turning radius" as the constraint condition, and the path search algorithm is used to directly generate the escape path that satisfies the above constraints.
进一步地,当作业设备的作业为平地机时,为了确保平地机应用本申请所提供的方法时能够有效地完成平整土地的作业任务,上述S210可以在作业地块的平整度小于预设平整度时执行。Further, when the operation of the operation equipment is a grader, in order to ensure that the grader can effectively complete the task of leveling the land when the method provided by the present application is applied, the above-mentioned S210 may be performed when the flatness of the operating plot is less than the preset flatness. when executed.
应理解,本申请所提供的上述方法,由于在作业地块的平整度小于预设平整度的情况下,才会进一步执行S210,因此,本申请所提供的方法实施例能够更好地确保平地机能够安全可靠、简单实用且高效地完成平整土地的作业任务。It should be understood that, in the above-mentioned method provided in this application, S210 will be further executed only when the flatness of the working plot is less than the preset flatness. Therefore, the method embodiment provided in this application can better ensure the flatness of the ground. The machine can complete the task of leveling the land safely, reliably, simply and efficiently.
上文详细描述了本申请的方法实施例,下面详细描述本申请的装置实施例。应理解,方法实施例的描述与装置实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的部分可以参见前面方法实施例。The method embodiments of the present application are described in detail above, and the device embodiments of the present application are described in detail below. It should be understood that the descriptions of the method embodiments correspond to the descriptions of the apparatus embodiments. Therefore, for the parts not described in detail, reference may be made to the foregoing method embodiments.
为了执行上述路径范围确定方法的实施例及各个可能的方式中的相应步骤,以实现相应的技术效果,下面给出一种路径范围确定装置的实现方式,参见图34,图34为本申请实施例提供的一种路径范围确定装置的功能模块图。In order to execute the above-mentioned embodiments of the path range determination method and corresponding steps in each possible manner to achieve corresponding technical effects, an implementation manner of a path range determination device is given below. Referring to FIG. 34 , FIG. 34 is an implementation of the present application. The example provides a functional block diagram of a path range determination device.
需要说明的是,本实施例所提供的一种路径范围确定装置,其基本原理及产生的技术效果和上述实施例相同,为简要描述,本实施例提及的路径范围确定装置30包括:更新模块301。It should be noted that, the basic principle and the technical effect of a path range determination device provided in this embodiment are the same as the above-mentioned embodiments. For a brief description, the path range determination device 30 mentioned in this embodiment includes: updating Module 301.
更新模块301,用于在当前作业范围的地块平整度满足设定条件时,更新当前作业范围,以获得地块平整度不满足设定条件的目标作业范围;其中,设定条件为当前作业范围的地块平整度小于或等于目标作业地块的期望平整度。The update module 301 is configured to update the current operation range when the flatness of the plot in the current operation range meets the set condition, so as to obtain the target operation range whose flatness of the plot does not meet the set condition; wherein, the set condition is the current operation The extent's parcel flatness is less than or equal to the desired flatness of the target job parcel.
为了执行上述路径规划方法的实施例及各个可能的方式中的相应步骤,以实现相应的技术效果,下面给出一种路径规划装置的实现方式,参见图35,图35为本申请实施例提供的一种路径规划装置的功能模块图。In order to execute the above-mentioned embodiments of the path planning method and corresponding steps in each possible manner, so as to achieve corresponding technical effects, an implementation manner of a path planning apparatus is given below. Referring to FIG. 35 , FIG. 35 provides an embodiment of the present application. A functional block diagram of a path planning device.
需要说明的是,本实施例所提供的一种路径规划装置,其基本原理及产生的技术效果和上述实施例相同,为简要描述,本实施例部分未提及之处,可参考上述的实施例中相应内容。该路径规划装置40包括:确定模块401。It should be noted that the basic principle and technical effect of a path planning device provided in this embodiment are the same as those of the above-mentioned embodiment. For the sake of brief description, for the parts not mentioned in this embodiment, reference may be made to the above-mentioned implementation. corresponding content in the example. The path planning apparatus 40 includes: a determination module 401 .
确定模块401,用于根据目标作业地块的地块平整度确定目标作业范围;目标作业范围的地块平整度不满足设定条件;其中,设定条件为目标作业范围的地块平整度小于或等于目标作业地块的期望平整度;确定目标作业范围内的目标平地路径,平地路径用于引导平整设备在目标作业范围内进行平整作业。The determination module 401 is used to determine the target operation range according to the land flatness of the target operation area; the land flatness of the target operation area does not meet the set condition; wherein, the set condition is that the land flatness of the target operation area is less than or equal to the expected flatness of the target operation plot; determine the target leveling path within the target operation area, and the leveling path is used to guide the leveling equipment to perform leveling operations within the target operation area.
需要说明的是,该路径规划装置40的模块可以软件或固件(Firmware)的形式存储于存储器中或固化于任意一种平地设备(又称作业设备)的处理器中,并可由该处理器执行本申请实施例提供的任意一种路径范围确定方法。It should be noted that the modules of the path planning device 40 may be stored in the memory in the form of software or firmware (Firmware) or solidified in the processor of any leveling equipment (also known as work equipment), and can be executed by the processor. Any one of the path range determination methods provided in the embodiments of the present application.
此外,本申请实施例还提供一种作业设备控制单元,包括处理器和存储器,参见图36,图36为本申请实施例提供的一种作业设备控制单元的结构性框图,该作业设备控制单元50包括存储器501、处理器502和通信接口503。该存储器501、处理器502和通信接口503相互之间直接或间接地电性连接,以实现数据的传输或交互。例如,这些元件相互之间可通过一条或多条通讯总线或信号线实现电性连接。其中,所述处理设备可以是平地设备本身配置有的控制模块,也可以是用于控制平地设备作业的农机自动驾驶仪或其他设备,本申请实施例不限于此。In addition, an embodiment of the present application further provides a work equipment control unit, including a processor and a memory. Referring to FIG. 36 , FIG. 36 is a structural block diagram of a work equipment control unit provided by an embodiment of the present application. The work equipment control unit 50 includes a memory 501 , a processor 502 and a communication interface 503 . The memory 501 , the processor 502 and the communication interface 503 are directly or indirectly electrically connected to each other to realize data transmission or interaction. For example, these elements may be electrically connected to each other through one or more communication buses or signal lines. Wherein, the processing device may be a control module configured on the leveling equipment itself, or may be an agricultural autopilot or other equipment used to control the operation of the leveling equipment, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
存储器501可用于存储软件程序及模块,如本申请实施例所提供的路径范围确定方法或路径规划方法对应的程序指令/模块,处理器502通过执行存储在存储器501内的软件程序及模块,从而执行各种功能应用以及数据处理。该通信接口503可用于与其他节点设备进行信令或数据的通信。在本申请中该平地设备10可以具有多个通信接口503。The memory 501 can be used to store software programs and modules, such as program instructions/modules corresponding to the path range determination method or the path planning method provided by the embodiments of the present application, and the processor 502 executes the software programs and modules stored in the memory 501. Execute various functional applications and data processing. The communication interface 503 can be used for signaling or data communication with other node devices. The grading device 10 may have multiple communication interfaces 503 in this application.
其中,存储器501可以是但不限于,随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),只读存储器(Read Only Memory,ROM),可编程只读存储器(Programmable Read-Only Memory,PROM),可擦除只读存储器(Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory,EPROM),电可擦除只读存储器(Electric Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory,EEPROM)等。Wherein, the memory 501 may be, but not limited to, a random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), a read-only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), a programmable read-only memory (Programmable Read-Only Memory, PROM), an erasable memory In addition to read-only memory (Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory, EPROM), Electrical Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electric Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory, EEPROM), etc.
处理器502可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号处理能力。该处理器502可以是通用处理器,包括中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU)、网络处理器(Network Processor,NP)等;还可以是数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processing,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。存储器501存储有能够被处理器502执行的机器可执行指令以本申请任意路径范围确定方法或路径规划方法。The processor 502 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability. The processor 502 can be a general-purpose processor, including a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), a network processor (Network Processor, NP), etc.; it can also be a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processing, DSP), dedicated integrated Circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. The memory 501 stores machine-executable instructions that can be executed by the processor 502 for any path scoping method or path planning method of the present application.
在本申请一实施例中,还提供一种作业设备,该作业设备包括:机体;动力设备,安装在机体,用于为作业设备提供动力;以及作业设备控制单元,作业设备控制单元包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储有机器可读指令,所述处理器用于执行所述机器可读指令,以实现上述任一实施例所述的方法。In an embodiment of the present application, there is also provided a work equipment, the work equipment includes: a body; a power device installed on the body and used to provide power for the work equipment; and a work equipment control unit, the work equipment control unit includes a processor and a memory, where the memory stores machine-readable instructions, and the processor is configured to execute the machine-readable instructions to implement the method described in any of the foregoing embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,例如,当该存储介质可以存储在图36所示的处理器502中,该计算机程序被处理器502执行时实现如前述实施方式中任一路径范围确定方法或路径规划方法,该计算机可读存储介质可以是,但不限于,U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、PROM、EPROM、EEPROM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。Embodiments of the present application further provide a storage medium on which a computer program is stored. For example, when the storage medium can be stored in the processor 502 shown in FIG. 36 , the computer program is executed by the processor 502 to achieve the foregoing implementation. Any path range determination method or path planning method in the method, the computer-readable storage medium can be, but not limited to, a U disk, a removable hard disk, a ROM, RAM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM, a magnetic disk or an optical disk, etc. A medium on which program code is stored.
需要说明的是,在本文中,诸如第一和第二等之类的关系术语仅仅用来将一个实体或者操作与另一个实体或操作区分开来,而不一定要求或者暗示这些实体或操作之间存在任何这种实际的关系或者顺序。而且,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者设备不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者设备所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括要素的过程、方法、物品或者设备中还存在另外的相同要素。It should be noted that, in this document, relational terms such as first and second are only used to distinguish one entity or operation from another entity or operation, and do not necessarily require or imply any relationship between these entities or operations. any such actual relationship or sequence exists. Moreover, the terms "comprising", "comprising" or any other variation thereof are intended to encompass a non-exclusive inclusion such that a process, method, article or device that includes a list of elements includes not only those elements, but also includes not explicitly listed or other elements inherent to such a process, method, article or apparatus. Without further limitation, an element qualified by the phrase "comprising a..." does not preclude the presence of additional identical elements in the process, method, article, or device that includes the element.
以上仅为本申请的优选实施例而已,并不用于限制本申请,对于本领域的技术人员来说,本申请可以有各种更改和变化。凡在本申请的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。应注意到:相似的标号和字母在下面的附图中表示类似项,因此,一旦某一项在一个附图中被定义,则在随后的附图中不需要对其进行进一步定义和解释,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only preferred embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to limit the present application. For those skilled in the art, the present application may have various modifications and changes. Any modification, equivalent replacement, improvement, etc. made within the spirit and principle of this application shall be included within the protection scope of this application. It should be noted that like numerals and letters refer to like items in the following figures, so once an item is defined in one figure, no further definition and explanation are required in subsequent figures, Any changes or substitutions that can be easily conceived by any person skilled in the art within the technical scope disclosed in this application shall be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (28)

  1. 一种路径范围确定方法,包括:A path scoping method comprising:
    在当前作业范围的地块平整度满足设定条件时,更新所述当前作业范围,以获得地块平整度不满足所述设定条件的目标作业范围;When the flatness of the plot in the current operating range satisfies the set condition, update the current operating range to obtain a target operating range where the flatness of the plot does not meet the set condition;
    其中,所述设定条件包括所述当前作业范围的地块平整度小于或等于目标作业地块的期望平整度;所述当前作业范围和所述目标作业范围均位于所述目标作业地块中。Wherein, the setting conditions include that the flatness of the current operation area is less than or equal to the expected flatness of the target operation area; both the current operation area and the target operation area are located in the target operation area .
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述在当前作业范围的地块平整度满足设定条件时,更新所述当前作业范围,以获得地块平整度不满足所述设定条件的目标作业范围,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein, when the flatness of the plot in the current operating range satisfies a set condition, the current operating range is updated to obtain a target that the flatness of the plot does not meet the set condition Scope of work, including:
    根据所述当前作业范围的地块高程信息和所述目标作业地块的平均高度值,确定所述当前作业范围的地块平整度;determining the flatness of the plot of the current working range according to the plot elevation information of the current working range and the average height value of the target working plot;
    当所述当前作业范围的地块平整度满足所述设定条件时,对所述当前作业范围进行扩大和/或平移,直至所得的目标作业范围的地块平整度不满足所述设定条件。When the flatness of the plot in the current operating range satisfies the set condition, the current operating range is expanded and/or shifted until the obtained flatness of the plot in the target operating range does not meet the set condition .
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述根据所述当前作业范围的地块高程信息和所述目标作业地块的平均高度值,确定所述当前作业范围的地块平整度,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the determining the flatness of the plot in the current working range according to the plot elevation information of the current working range and the average height value of the target working plot comprises:
    获取所述当前作业范围的多个采样位置各自的高程值;acquiring the respective elevation values of multiple sampling locations in the current operating range;
    根据所述多个采样位置各自的高程值和所述目标作业地块的平均高度值确定所述当前作业范围的地块平整度。The flatness of the plot in the current operation range is determined according to the respective elevation values of the plurality of sampling locations and the average height value of the target operation plot.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3任一项所述的方法,所述当前作业范围为作业设备在当次作业中开始作业时的初始作业范围,或者为所述作业设备在所述当次作业中的所述初始作业范围经过更新处理后的目标作业范围;According to the method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, the current working range is an initial working range of the working equipment when the working equipment starts working in the current operation, or is all the working equipment in the current operation. The target operation scope after the above-mentioned initial operation scope has been updated;
    当所述当前作业范围为所述初始作业范围时,在所述更新所述当前作业范围之前,还包括:When the current operation scope is the initial operation scope, before the updating of the current operation scope, the method further includes:
    根据所述作业设备的当前位置和所述作业设备的转弯半径确定所述当前作业范围的范围参数;所述当前作业范围的形状为多边形、圆形和扇形中的一种;Determine the range parameter of the current work range according to the current position of the work device and the turning radius of the work device; the shape of the current work range is one of polygon, circle and sector;
    其中,当所述当前作业范围的形状为多边形时,所述范围参数包括最小长度和最小宽度,或者包括所述当前作业范围的最小内切圆半径;所述最小长度和所述最小宽度均大于或等于所述作业设备的转弯直径,所述最小内切圆半径大于或等于所述作业设备的转弯直径;Wherein, when the shape of the current working range is a polygon, the range parameter includes a minimum length and a minimum width, or includes a minimum inscribed circle radius of the current working range; the minimum length and the minimum width are both greater than or equal to the turning diameter of the work equipment, and the minimum inscribed circle radius is greater than or equal to the turning diameter of the work equipment;
    当所述当前作业范围的形状为圆形或扇形时,所述范围参数包括半径;所述半径大于或等于所述作业设备的转弯直径。When the shape of the current working range is a circle or a sector, the range parameter includes a radius; the radius is greater than or equal to the turning diameter of the working equipment.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,当所述当前作业范围的形状为扇形时,所述范围参数还包括圆心角;所述圆心角为小于360度的正整数度数;对所述当前作业范围进行扩大,包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein, when the shape of the current work range is a sector, the range parameter further includes a central angle; the central angle is a positive integer less than 360 degrees; for the current work The scope has been expanded to include:
    按照预设规则对所述当前作业范围的所述半径和所述圆心角进行扩大;Expand the radius and the central angle of the current operating range according to a preset rule;
    当所述当前作业范围的形状为圆形时,对所述当前作业范围进行扩大,包括:When the shape of the current operating range is a circle, expanding the current operating range includes:
    按照所述预设规则对所述当前作业范围的半径进行扩大。The radius of the current operating range is expanded according to the preset rule.
  6. 一种路径规划方法,包括:A path planning method, comprising:
    根据目标作业地块的地块平整度确定目标作业范围;所述目标作业范围的地块平整度不满足设定条件;所述设定条件包括所述目标作业范围的地块平整度小于或等于所述目标作业地块的期望平整度;Determine the target operation range according to the land flatness of the target operation area; the land flatness of the target operation area does not meet the set condition; the set condition includes that the land flatness of the target operation area is less than or equal to the desired flatness of the target operation plot;
    确定所述目标作业范围内的目标平地路径,所述目标平地路径用于引导作业设备在所述目标作业范围内进行平整作业。A target leveling path within the target working range is determined, and the target leveling path is used to guide the working equipment to perform leveling work within the target working range.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其中,所述目标作业范围根据权利要求2至5任一项所述的平地路径范围确定方法所得。The method according to claim 6 , wherein the target operating range is obtained according to the method for determining the range of a flat path according to any one of claims 2 to 5 .
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其中,所述确定所述目标作业范围内的目标平地路径,包括:The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the determining a target level path within the target operating range comprises:
    在所述目标作业范围内,根据所述作业设备的当前位置和当前方向生成多条候选路径;所述候选路径的路径方向和所述当前方向一致;Within the target operation range, multiple candidate paths are generated according to the current position and current direction of the operating equipment; the path direction of the candidate path is consistent with the current direction;
    根据所述目标作业地块的平均高度值和所述作业设备的载荷信息计算所述多条候选路径各自对应的工作效率;Calculate the work efficiency corresponding to each of the multiple candidate paths according to the average height value of the target work plot and the load information of the work equipment;
    基于所述多条候选路径各自对应的工作效率确定所述目标平地路径。The target flat ground path is determined based on the respective corresponding work efficiencies of the multiple candidate paths.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其中,所述在所述目标作业范围内,根据所述作业设备的当前位置和当前方向生成多条候选路径,包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein generating a plurality of candidate paths according to the current position and current direction of the work equipment within the target work range, comprising:
    获取所述目标作业范围的多个边界点各自的位置;obtaining the respective positions of multiple boundary points of the target operating range;
    其中,所述多个边界点中的每个所述边界点的位置与所述作业设备的当前位置之间的直线间距等于所述目标作业范围的长度,并且,任意相邻两个边界点之间的间距大于或等于所述作业设备的平地 铲的宽度;Wherein, the linear distance between the position of each of the multiple boundary points and the current position of the operation equipment is equal to the length of the target operation range, and the distance between any two adjacent boundary points is the spacing between them is greater than or equal to the width of the grader of the work equipment;
    根据所述作业设备的当前位置和所述多个边界点各自的位置,生成路径方向与所述当前方向一致的所述多条候选路径。Based on the current position of the work equipment and the respective positions of the plurality of boundary points, the plurality of candidate routes whose route directions coincide with the current direction are generated.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其中,所述根据所述目标作业地块的平均高度值和作业设备的载荷信息计算所述多条候选路径各自对应的工作效率,包括:The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the calculating the work efficiency corresponding to each of the multiple candidate paths according to the average height value of the target work plot and the load information of the work equipment comprises:
    基于平地铲的长度和宽度确定每条所述候选路径对应的多个子作业区;Determine a plurality of sub-working areas corresponding to each of the candidate paths based on the length and width of the grader;
    根据所述目标作业地块的平均高度值、每个所述子作业区的平均高度值以及所述载荷信息计算每条所述候选路径的工作效率。The work efficiency of each of the candidate paths is calculated according to the average height value of the target operation plot, the average height value of each of the sub-operation areas, and the load information.
  11. 根据权利要求8至10任一项所述的方法,其中,所述基于所述多条候选路径各自对应的工作效率确定所述目标平地路径,包括:The method according to any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein the determining the target flat ground path based on the work efficiency corresponding to each of the multiple candidate paths comprises:
    根据所述多条候选路径各自对应的工作效率,确定所述多条候选路径各自对应的效率得分;According to the respective work efficiencies corresponding to the multiple candidate paths, determine the respective efficiency scores of the multiple candidate paths;
    将效率得分最高的候选路径确定为所述目标平地路径。The candidate path with the highest efficiency score is determined as the target flat path.
  12. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其中,所述确定所述目标作业范围内的目标平地路径,包括:The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the determining a target level path within the target operating range comprises:
    获取作业设备在所述目标作业范围对应的待作业地块内的至少一条备用路径;acquiring at least one backup path of the operation equipment in the plot to be operated corresponding to the target operation range;
    获取每条所述备用路径各自对应的所有离散点;Obtain all discrete points corresponding to each of the alternate paths;
    依据每条所述备用路径各自对应的所有离散点,计算每条所述备用路径各自的工作效率;Calculate the respective work efficiency of each of the alternate paths according to all discrete points corresponding to each of the alternate paths;
    依据每条所述备用路径各自的工作效率,从所述备用路径中确定出所述目标平地路径。According to the respective work efficiency of each of the alternate paths, the target flat path is determined from the alternate paths.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其中,所述依据每条所述备用路径对应的所有离散点,计算每条所述备用路径各自的工作效率的步骤,包括:The method of claim 12, wherein the step of calculating the respective work efficiency of each of the alternate paths according to all discrete points corresponding to each of the alternate paths comprises:
    依据每条所述备用路径对应的所有离散点生成至少一个离散作业区域;generating at least one discrete operation area according to all discrete points corresponding to each of the alternate paths;
    基于各离散作业区域的高度值相对于所述待作业地块的期望高度的高度变化值,计算每条所述备用路径的工作效率,其中,所述工作效率表征所述备用路径对应的所有离散作业区域的高度变化值之和。Based on the height variation value of the height value of each discrete working area relative to the expected height of the to-be-operated plot, the working efficiency of each of the alternate paths is calculated, wherein the working efficiency represents all discrete paths corresponding to the alternate paths. The sum of the height changes of the work area.
  14. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其中,所述依据每条所述备用路径对应的所有离散点生成至少一个离散作业区域的步骤,包括:The method of claim 13, wherein the step of generating at least one discrete operation area according to all discrete points corresponding to each of the alternate paths comprises:
    针对每条所述备用路径,将所述备用路径作为目标备用路径;For each of the alternate paths, use the alternate path as a target alternate path;
    沿着所述目标备用路径,以相邻两个所述离散点之间的间距为宽、以所述作业设备的铲土铲长度为长,生成至少一个离散作业区域;along the target backup path, taking the distance between two adjacent discrete points as the width and the length of the shovel of the working equipment as the length, to generate at least one discrete working area;
    所述基于各离散作业区域的高度值相对于所述待作业地块的期望高度的高度变化值,计算每条所述备用路径的工作效率的步骤,包括:The step of calculating the work efficiency of each of the alternate paths based on the height change value of the height value of each discrete operation area relative to the expected height of the to-be-operated plot includes:
    基于所述目标备用路径的每个所述离散作业区域各自的高度值相对于所述待作业地块的期望高度值的高度变化值,计算所述目标备用路径的工作效率,进而得到每条所述备用路径各自的工作效率。Based on the height change value of the respective height values of each of the discrete working areas of the target backup path relative to the expected height value of the to-be-operated plot, the working efficiency of the target backup path is calculated, and then each of the target backup paths is obtained. The respective working efficiencies of the alternate paths are described.
  15. 如权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述至少一个离散作业区域包括第一离散作业区域和第二离散作业区域,所述基于所述目标备用路径的每个所述离散作业区域各自的高度值相对于所述待作业地块的期望高度值的高度变化值,计算所述目标备用路径的工作效率,包括:15. The method of claim 14, wherein the at least one discrete operation area includes a first discrete operation area and a second discrete operation area, the respective height of each of the discrete operation areas based on the target alternate path The height change value of the value relative to the expected height value of the to-be-operated plot to calculate the work efficiency of the target backup path, including:
    获得所述第一离散作业区域的工作效率、所述待作业地块的期望高度、以及所述第二离散作业区域的高度值,其中,所述第二离散作业区域是与所述第一离散作业区域相邻的后一个离散作业区域;Obtain the work efficiency of the first discrete operation area, the desired height of the to-be-operated plot, and the height value of the second discrete operation area, wherein the second discrete operation area is the same as the first discrete operation area The next discrete operation area adjacent to the operation area;
    基于所述待作业地块的期望高度和所述第二离散作业区域的高度值,计算所述第二离散作业区域的高度变化值;based on the expected height of the to-be-operated plot and the height value of the second discrete operation area, calculating a height change value of the second discrete operation area;
    对所述第二离散作业区域的高度变化值与所述第一离散作业区域的工作效率求和,得到所述第二离散作业区域的工作效率;summing the height change value of the second discrete operation area and the work efficiency of the first discrete operation area to obtain the work efficiency of the second discrete operation area;
    计算所述作业设备到所述第二离散作业区域后所述铲土铲中的带土体积;calculating the soil carrying volume in the shovel after the work equipment reaches the second discrete work area;
    确定所述第二离散作业区域是否为所述目标备用路径上的最后一个离散作业区域;determining whether the second discrete job area is the last discrete job area on the target alternate path;
    若所述第二离散作业区域是所述目标备用路径上的最后一个离散作业区域,则将所述第二离散作业区域的工作效率作为所述目标备用路径的工作效率;If the second discrete operation area is the last discrete operation area on the target backup path, taking the work efficiency of the second discrete operation area as the work efficiency of the target backup path;
    若所述第二离散作业区域不是所述目标备用路径上的最后一个离散作业区域,则利用所述第二离散作业区域替代所述第一离散作业区域并返回所述基于所述待作业地块的期望高度和所述第二离散作业区域的高度值,计算所述第二离散作业区域的高度变化值的步骤,直至所述第二离散作业区域为所述目标备用路径上的最后一个离散作业区域,得到所述目标备用路径的工作效率。If the second discrete operation area is not the last discrete operation area on the target alternate path, use the second discrete operation area to replace the first discrete operation area and return to the the desired height of the second discrete operation area and the height value of the second discrete operation area, and the step of calculating the height change value of the second discrete operation area until the second discrete operation area is the last discrete operation on the target alternate path area to obtain the working efficiency of the target backup path.
  16. 如权利要求13至15任一项所述的方法,其中,每个所述离散作业区域的高度值的获取方式包括第一种方式或第二种方式;The method according to any one of claims 13 to 15, wherein the obtaining method of the height value of each discrete working area includes the first method or the second method;
    第一种方式:The first way:
    生成每个所述离散作业区域各自对应的评判区域,其中,所述评判区域包括所述离散作业区域的 外接矩形或外接圆;generating a corresponding judgment area for each of the discrete operation areas, wherein the judgment area includes a circumscribed rectangle or a circumscribed circle of the discrete operation area;
    对每个所述评判区域内所有所述离散坐标点的高程值求均值,得到每个所述评判区域对应的所述离散作业区域的高度值;averaging the elevation values of all the discrete coordinate points in each of the judging areas to obtain the height values of the discrete work areas corresponding to each of the judging areas;
    第二种方式:The second way:
    计算每个所述离散作业区域内所有离散坐标点的高程值的均值,以得到每个所述离散作业区域的高度值。Calculate the mean value of the elevation values of all discrete coordinate points in each of the discrete work areas to obtain the height value of each of the discrete work areas.
  17. 如权利要求12至16任一项所述的方法,其中,所述获取作业设备在所述目标作业范围对应的待作业地块内的至少一条备用路径,包括:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 16, wherein the acquiring at least one backup path of the operation equipment in the plot to be operated corresponding to the target operation range comprises:
    对所述待作业地块的地块边界进行内缩处理,以得到所述待作业地块的可靠边界;Perform indentation processing on the plot boundary of the to-be-operated plot to obtain a reliable boundary of the to-be-operated plot;
    获取作业设备在所述待作业地块内的多条候选路径;acquiring multiple candidate paths of the operating equipment within the to-be-operated plot;
    获取所述多条候选路径中的任意一条目标候选路径;Obtain any target candidate path in the multiple candidate paths;
    将所述目标候选路径离散化为多个离散点;discretizing the target candidate path into a plurality of discrete points;
    以所述目标候选路径的起点开始,逐个确定所述多个离散点是否在所述可靠边界内,其中,所述起点位于所述可靠边界内;Starting from the starting point of the target candidate path, determining whether the plurality of discrete points are within the reliable boundary one by one, wherein the starting point is located within the reliable boundary;
    若当前确定的当前离散点不在所述可靠边界内,则删除所述当前离散点的前一个离散点后的路径部分,得到所述目标候选路径对应的备用路径;If the currently determined current discrete point is not within the reliable boundary, delete the part of the path after the previous discrete point of the current discrete point to obtain a backup path corresponding to the target candidate path;
    返回所述获取所述多条候选路径中的任意一条目标候选路径的步骤,直至得到每条所述候选路径对应的备用路径;Return to the step of obtaining any one target candidate path in the multiple candidate paths, until the backup path corresponding to each of the candidate paths is obtained;
    或者,or,
    所述获取作业设备在所述目标作业范围对应的待作业地块内的至少一条备用路径,包括:The acquiring at least one backup path of the operation equipment in the plot to be operated corresponding to the target operation scope includes:
    对所述待作业地块的地块边界进行内缩处理,以得到所述待作业地块的可靠边界;Perform indentation processing on the plot boundary of the to-be-operated plot to obtain a reliable boundary of the to-be-operated plot;
    删除所述多条候选路径中所有的特定候选路径,得到所述至少一条备用路径,其中,所述特定候选路径中存在部分路径超出所述可靠边界。All specific candidate paths in the plurality of candidate paths are deleted to obtain the at least one backup path, wherein some paths in the specific candidate paths exceed the reliable boundary.
  18. 如权利要求6至17任一项所述的方法,其中,在所述确定所述目标作业范围内的目标平地路径之后,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 6 to 17, wherein, after the determining the target level ground path within the target operation range, further comprising:
    基于所述目标平地路径指导作业设备作业;Instruct work equipment to operate based on the target level path;
    当所述作业设备位于死区时,更新所述作业设备的路径参数;When the work equipment is located in the dead zone, updating the path parameters of the work equipment;
    根据更新后的路径参数确定所述作业设备的脱离路径,所述脱离路径的终点位于所述死区外。An escape path of the work equipment is determined according to the updated path parameters, and the end point of the escape path is located outside the dead zone.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其中,所述路径参数包括作业范围;所述更新所述作业设备的路径参数,包括:19. The method of claim 18, wherein the path parameters include a work scope; and the updating the path parameters of the work equipment comprises:
    以设定方式更新所述作业设备的作业范围;所述设定方式包括以下至少之一:平移所述作业设备的作业范围、扩大所述作业设备的作业范围。The working range of the working equipment is updated in a setting manner; the setting manner includes at least one of the following: translating the working scope of the working equipment, and expanding the working scope of the working equipment.
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其中,所述根据更新后的路径参数确定所述作业设备的脱离路径,包括:The method of claim 18, wherein the determining an escape path of the work equipment according to the updated path parameters comprises:
    根据更新后的作业范围,确定出至少一条预选路径;每条预选路径的终点均位于所述死区外;According to the updated operating range, at least one preselected path is determined; the end point of each preselected path is located outside the dead zone;
    确定每条预选路径的工作效率;Determine the working efficiency of each preselected path;
    将工作效率满足预设条件的其中一条预选路径作为所述脱离路径;所述预设条件包括以下至少之一:工作效率大于预设阈值、工作效率在确定所得的所有工作效率中值最大。One of the preselected paths whose work efficiency satisfies a preset condition is used as the escape path; the preset condition includes at least one of the following: the work efficiency is greater than a preset threshold, and the work efficiency is the largest among all the determined work efficiencies.
  21. 根据权利要求18至20任一项所述的方法,其中,所述路径参数包括路径方向和路径曲率;所述更新所述作业设备的路径参数,包括:The method according to any one of claims 18 to 20, wherein the path parameters include path direction and path curvature; and the updating the path parameters of the work equipment comprises:
    根据所述作业设备的当前位置、当前机头朝向和最小转弯半径更新所述作业设备当前路径的路径方向和路径曲率。The path direction and path curvature of the current path of the work equipment are updated according to the current position of the work equipment, the current nose heading and the minimum turning radius.
  22. 根据权利要求18至21任一项所述的方法,其中,更新后的路径参数包括路径方向和路径曲率;所述根据更新后的路径参数确定所述作业设备的脱离路径,包括:The method according to any one of claims 18 to 21, wherein the updated path parameters include a path direction and a path curvature; and the determining an escape path of the working equipment according to the updated path parameters includes:
    以所述作业设备的当前位置为起点,根据更新后的路径方向和路径曲率生成包含转弯弧段或者包含转弯弧段和直线段的脱离路径;其中,所述转弯弧段的曲率半径大于或等于所述作业设备的最小转弯半径。Taking the current position of the working equipment as a starting point, and according to the updated path direction and path curvature, generate an escape path including a turning arc segment or a turning arc segment and a straight line segment; wherein, the radius of curvature of the turning arc segment is greater than or equal to The minimum turning radius of the work equipment.
  23. 根据权利要求18至22任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述当所述作业设备位于死区时,更新所述作业设备的路径参数之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 18 to 22, characterized in that before updating the path parameters of the working equipment when the working equipment is located in the dead zone, the method further comprises:
    当所述作业设备在当前作业路径上的工作效率小于或等于预设值时,确定所述作业设备位于死区;或者,When the work efficiency of the work equipment on the current work path is less than or equal to a preset value, it is determined that the work equipment is located in the dead zone; or,
    当所述作业设备的当前位置与作业地块边界的距离小于第二预设距离、且所述作业设备的当前机头朝向所述作业地块边界时,确定所述作业设备位于死区。When the distance between the current position of the working equipment and the boundary of the working plot is less than the second preset distance, and the current nose of the working equipment faces the boundary of the working plot, it is determined that the working equipment is located in the dead zone.
  24. 一种路径范围确定装置,包括:A path range determination device, comprising:
    更新模块,用于在当前作业范围的地块平整度满足设定条件时,更新所述当前作业范围,以获得地块平整度不满足所述设定条件的目标作业范围;an update module, configured to update the current operating range when the flatness of the plot in the current operating range satisfies the set condition, so as to obtain a target operating range where the flatness of the plot does not meet the set condition;
    其中,所述设定条件包括所述当前作业范围的地块平整度小于或等于目标作业地块的期望平整度;所述当前作业范围和所述目标作业范围均位于所述目标作业地块中。Wherein, the setting conditions include that the flatness of the current operation area is less than or equal to the expected flatness of the target operation area; both the current operation area and the target operation area are located in the target operation area .
  25. 一种路径规划装置,包括:A path planning device, comprising:
    确定模块,用于根据目标作业地块的地块平整度确定目标作业范围;所述目标作业范围的地块平整度不满足设定条件;所述设定条件包括所述目标作业范围的地块平整度小于或等于所述目标作业地块的期望平整度;确定所述目标作业范围内的目标平地路径,所述目标平地路径用于引导作业设备在所述目标作业范围内进行平整作业。A determination module, configured to determine the target operation range according to the flatness of the target operation plot; the flatness of the target operation range does not meet the set condition; the set condition includes the plot of the target operation range The flatness is less than or equal to the expected flatness of the target working area; a target leveling path within the target working range is determined, and the target leveling path is used to guide the working equipment to perform leveling work within the target working range.
  26. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现权利要求1至23任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium having a computer program stored thereon, the computer program implementing the method of any one of claims 1 to 23 when executed by a processor.
  27. 一种作业设备控制单元,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储有机器可读指令,所述处理器用于执行所述机器可读指令,以实现权利要求1至23任一项所述的方法。A work equipment control unit, comprising a processor and a memory, the memory storing machine-readable instructions, the processor for executing the machine-readable instructions to implement the method of any one of claims 1 to 23 .
  28. 一种作业设备,包括:A work equipment comprising:
    机体;body;
    动力设备,安装在所述机体,用于为所述作业设备提供动力;power equipment, mounted on the body, for powering the work equipment;
    以及作业设备控制单元;所述作业设备控制单元包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储有机器可读指令,所述处理器用于执行所述机器可读指令,以实现权利要求1至23任一项所述的方法。and a work equipment control unit; the work equipment control unit includes a processor and a memory, the memory storing machine-readable instructions, the processor for executing the machine-readable instructions to implement any one of claims 1 to 23 method described in item.
PCT/CN2021/133953 2020-12-03 2021-11-29 Path range determination method and apparatus, and path planning method and apparatus WO2022116935A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202011411812.7 2020-12-03
CN202011408125.XA CN112686424A (en) 2020-12-03 2020-12-03 Flat ground path range determining method, flat ground path planning method and related device
CN202011412385.4 2020-12-03
CN202011411812.7A CN112729300B (en) 2020-12-03 2020-12-03 Path planning method for leaving dead zone and related device
CN202011408125.X 2020-12-03
CN202011412385.4A CN112650221B (en) 2020-12-03 2020-12-03 Flat ground path generation method, flat ground path generation device, processing equipment and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022116935A1 true WO2022116935A1 (en) 2022-06-09

Family

ID=81852941

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/133953 WO2022116935A1 (en) 2020-12-03 2021-11-29 Path range determination method and apparatus, and path planning method and apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2022116935A1 (en)

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102282925A (en) * 2011-05-26 2011-12-21 中国农业大学 Land leveling method and device as well as land leveling control device
CN102999706A (en) * 2012-11-30 2013-03-27 中国农业大学 Working route generation method for global positioning system (GPS) control land leveling system and working route
CN104019815A (en) * 2014-06-04 2014-09-03 中国农业大学 GNSS (Global Navigation Satellite System) ground operation path dynamic planning and navigation method based on forklift load monitoring
CN108012608A (en) * 2017-11-20 2018-05-11 中国农业大学 A kind of prepartion of land method based on GNSS
CN108334476A (en) * 2017-12-29 2018-07-27 北京农业信息技术研究中心 Detection method, the device and system of agricultural machinery working flatness
CN110456789A (en) * 2019-07-23 2019-11-15 中国矿业大学 A kind of complete coverage path planning method of clean robot
US20200149906A1 (en) * 2017-08-31 2020-05-14 Guangzhou Xiaopeng Motors Technology Co., Ltd. Path planning method, system and device for autonomous driving
CN112650221A (en) * 2020-12-03 2021-04-13 广州极飞科技有限公司 Flat ground path generation method, flat ground path generation device, processing equipment and storage medium
CN112686424A (en) * 2020-12-03 2021-04-20 广州极飞科技有限公司 Flat ground path range determining method, flat ground path planning method and related device
CN112729300A (en) * 2020-12-03 2021-04-30 广州极飞科技股份有限公司 Path planning method for separating from dead zone and related device

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102282925A (en) * 2011-05-26 2011-12-21 中国农业大学 Land leveling method and device as well as land leveling control device
CN102999706A (en) * 2012-11-30 2013-03-27 中国农业大学 Working route generation method for global positioning system (GPS) control land leveling system and working route
CN104019815A (en) * 2014-06-04 2014-09-03 中国农业大学 GNSS (Global Navigation Satellite System) ground operation path dynamic planning and navigation method based on forklift load monitoring
US20200149906A1 (en) * 2017-08-31 2020-05-14 Guangzhou Xiaopeng Motors Technology Co., Ltd. Path planning method, system and device for autonomous driving
CN108012608A (en) * 2017-11-20 2018-05-11 中国农业大学 A kind of prepartion of land method based on GNSS
CN108334476A (en) * 2017-12-29 2018-07-27 北京农业信息技术研究中心 Detection method, the device and system of agricultural machinery working flatness
CN110456789A (en) * 2019-07-23 2019-11-15 中国矿业大学 A kind of complete coverage path planning method of clean robot
CN112650221A (en) * 2020-12-03 2021-04-13 广州极飞科技有限公司 Flat ground path generation method, flat ground path generation device, processing equipment and storage medium
CN112686424A (en) * 2020-12-03 2021-04-20 广州极飞科技有限公司 Flat ground path range determining method, flat ground path planning method and related device
CN112729300A (en) * 2020-12-03 2021-04-30 广州极飞科技股份有限公司 Path planning method for separating from dead zone and related device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11934192B2 (en) Obstacle detection and manipulation by a vehicle within a dig site
US10066367B1 (en) System for determining autonomous adjustments to an implement position and angle
US11378964B2 (en) Systems and methods for autonomous movement of material
US10689830B2 (en) Container angle sensing using vision sensor for feedback loop control
CN109191581B (en) Road engineering earthwork high-precision calculation method based on BIM technology
US11591757B2 (en) System and method for machine control
US11624171B2 (en) Engineering machinery equipment, and method, system, and storage medium for operation trajectory planning thereof
CN112686424A (en) Flat ground path range determining method, flat ground path planning method and related device
CN108012608B (en) A kind of prepartion of land method based on GNSS
US11828904B2 (en) Mobile work machine control system with weather-based model
US11530527B2 (en) Excavation by way of an unmanned vehicle
US20240117598A1 (en) Autonomous Control Of On-Site Movement Of Powered Earth-Moving Construction Or Mining Vehicles
JP7143252B2 (en) working machine
CN104820982A (en) Real-time terrain estimation method based on kernel function
CN111288985A (en) Map determination method and device, equipment and automatic mine car driving method
WO2022116935A1 (en) Path range determination method and apparatus, and path planning method and apparatus
WO2024053315A1 (en) Construction history calculation system and landform data generation system
US20240068202A1 (en) Autonomous Control Of Operations Of Powered Earth-Moving Vehicles Using Data From On-Vehicle Perception Systems
CN112650221B (en) Flat ground path generation method, flat ground path generation device, processing equipment and storage medium
JP7317926B2 (en) Construction management device, display device and construction management method
CN114676901A (en) Method for globally optimizing operation path of land leveler
CN113404101B (en) Bulldozer scene model construction and updating method and bulldozer
JP2020041358A (en) Construction machine
CN113638463B (en) Excavator work guiding method, device and system
CN117710595A (en) Point cloud map updating method and device, engineering vehicle and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21899967

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21899967

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21899967

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

32PN Ep: public notification in the ep bulletin as address of the adressee cannot be established

Free format text: NOTING OF LOSS OF RIGHTS PURSUANT TO RULE 112(1) EPC (EPO FORM 1205A DATED 05.12.2023)

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21899967

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1